1 /* 2 * This file is part of gtkD. 3 * 4 * gtkD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 5 * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License 6 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 7 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version, with 8 * some exceptions, please read the COPYING file. 9 * 10 * gtkD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 11 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 12 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 13 * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. 14 * 15 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License 16 * along with gtkD; if not, write to the Free Software 17 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110, USA 18 */ 19 20 // generated automatically - do not change 21 // find conversion definition on APILookup.txt 22 // implement new conversion functionalities on the wrap.utils pakage 23 24 25 module gio.c.types; 26 27 public import glib.c.types; 28 public import gobject.c.types; 29 30 31 /** 32 * Flags used when creating a #GAppInfo. 33 */ 34 public enum GAppInfoCreateFlags 35 { 36 /** 37 * No flags. 38 */ 39 NONE = 0, 40 /** 41 * Application opens in a terminal window. 42 */ 43 NEEDS_TERMINAL = 1, 44 /** 45 * Application supports URI arguments. 46 */ 47 SUPPORTS_URIS = 2, 48 /** 49 * Application supports startup notification. Since 2.26 50 */ 51 SUPPORTS_STARTUP_NOTIFICATION = 4, 52 } 53 alias GAppInfoCreateFlags AppInfoCreateFlags; 54 55 /** 56 * Flags used to define the behaviour of a #GApplication. 57 * 58 * Since: 2.28 59 */ 60 public enum GApplicationFlags 61 { 62 /** 63 * Default 64 */ 65 FLAGS_NONE = 0, 66 /** 67 * Run as a service. In this mode, registration 68 * fails if the service is already running, and the application 69 * will initially wait up to 10 seconds for an initial activation 70 * message to arrive. 71 */ 72 IS_SERVICE = 1, 73 /** 74 * Don't try to become the primary instance. 75 */ 76 IS_LAUNCHER = 2, 77 /** 78 * This application handles opening files (in 79 * the primary instance). Note that this flag only affects the default 80 * implementation of local_command_line(), and has no effect if 81 * %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is given. 82 * See g_application_run() for details. 83 */ 84 HANDLES_OPEN = 4, 85 /** 86 * This application handles command line 87 * arguments (in the primary instance). Note that this flag only affect 88 * the default implementation of local_command_line(). 89 * See g_application_run() for details. 90 */ 91 HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE = 8, 92 /** 93 * Send the environment of the 94 * launching process to the primary instance. Set this flag if your 95 * application is expected to behave differently depending on certain 96 * environment variables. For instance, an editor might be expected 97 * to use the `GIT_COMMITTER_NAME` environment variable 98 * when editing a git commit message. The environment is available 99 * to the #GApplication::command-line signal handler, via 100 * g_application_command_line_getenv(). 101 */ 102 SEND_ENVIRONMENT = 16, 103 /** 104 * Make no attempts to do any of the typical 105 * single-instance application negotiation, even if the application 106 * ID is given. The application neither attempts to become the 107 * owner of the application ID nor does it check if an existing 108 * owner already exists. Everything occurs in the local process. 109 * Since: 2.30. 110 */ 111 NON_UNIQUE = 32, 112 /** 113 * Allow users to override the 114 * application ID from the command line with `--gapplication-app-id`. 115 * Since: 2.48 116 */ 117 CAN_OVERRIDE_APP_ID = 64, 118 /** 119 * Allow another instance to take over 120 * the bus name. Since: 2.60 121 */ 122 ALLOW_REPLACEMENT = 128, 123 /** 124 * Take over from another instance. This flag is 125 * usually set by passing `--gapplication-replace` on the commandline. 126 * Since: 2.60 127 */ 128 REPLACE = 256, 129 } 130 alias GApplicationFlags ApplicationFlags; 131 132 /** 133 * #GAskPasswordFlags are used to request specific information from the 134 * user, or to notify the user of their choices in an authentication 135 * situation. 136 */ 137 public enum GAskPasswordFlags 138 { 139 /** 140 * operation requires a password. 141 */ 142 NEED_PASSWORD = 1, 143 /** 144 * operation requires a username. 145 */ 146 NEED_USERNAME = 2, 147 /** 148 * operation requires a domain. 149 */ 150 NEED_DOMAIN = 4, 151 /** 152 * operation supports saving settings. 153 */ 154 SAVING_SUPPORTED = 8, 155 /** 156 * operation supports anonymous users. 157 */ 158 ANONYMOUS_SUPPORTED = 16, 159 /** 160 * operation takes TCRYPT parameters (Since: 2.58) 161 */ 162 TCRYPT = 32, 163 } 164 alias GAskPasswordFlags AskPasswordFlags; 165 166 /** 167 * Flags used in g_bus_own_name(). 168 * 169 * Since: 2.26 170 */ 171 public enum GBusNameOwnerFlags 172 { 173 /** 174 * No flags set. 175 */ 176 NONE = 0, 177 /** 178 * Allow another message bus connection to claim the name. 179 */ 180 ALLOW_REPLACEMENT = 1, 181 /** 182 * If another message bus connection owns the name and have 183 * specified #G_BUS_NAME_OWNER_FLAGS_ALLOW_REPLACEMENT, then take the name from the other connection. 184 */ 185 REPLACE = 2, 186 /** 187 * If another message bus connection owns the name, immediately 188 * return an error from g_bus_own_name() rather than entering the waiting queue for that name. (Since 2.54) 189 */ 190 DO_NOT_QUEUE = 4, 191 } 192 alias GBusNameOwnerFlags BusNameOwnerFlags; 193 194 /** 195 * Flags used in g_bus_watch_name(). 196 * 197 * Since: 2.26 198 */ 199 public enum GBusNameWatcherFlags 200 { 201 /** 202 * No flags set. 203 */ 204 NONE = 0, 205 /** 206 * If no-one owns the name when 207 * beginning to watch the name, ask the bus to launch an owner for the 208 * name. 209 */ 210 AUTO_START = 1, 211 } 212 alias GBusNameWatcherFlags BusNameWatcherFlags; 213 214 /** 215 * An enumeration for well-known message buses. 216 * 217 * Since: 2.26 218 */ 219 public enum GBusType 220 { 221 /** 222 * An alias for the message bus that activated the process, if any. 223 */ 224 STARTER = -1, 225 /** 226 * Not a message bus. 227 */ 228 NONE = 0, 229 /** 230 * The system-wide message bus. 231 */ 232 SYSTEM = 1, 233 /** 234 * The login session message bus. 235 */ 236 SESSION = 2, 237 } 238 alias GBusType BusType; 239 240 /** 241 * Flags used when calling a g_converter_convert(). 242 * 243 * Since: 2.24 244 */ 245 public enum GConverterFlags 246 { 247 /** 248 * No flags. 249 */ 250 NONE = 0, 251 /** 252 * At end of input data 253 */ 254 INPUT_AT_END = 1, 255 /** 256 * Flush data 257 */ 258 FLUSH = 2, 259 } 260 alias GConverterFlags ConverterFlags; 261 262 /** 263 * Results returned from g_converter_convert(). 264 * 265 * Since: 2.24 266 */ 267 public enum GConverterResult 268 { 269 /** 270 * There was an error during conversion. 271 */ 272 ERROR = 0, 273 /** 274 * Some data was consumed or produced 275 */ 276 CONVERTED = 1, 277 /** 278 * The conversion is finished 279 */ 280 FINISHED = 2, 281 /** 282 * Flushing is finished 283 */ 284 FLUSHED = 3, 285 } 286 alias GConverterResult ConverterResult; 287 288 /** 289 * Enumeration describing different kinds of native credential types. 290 * 291 * Since: 2.26 292 */ 293 public enum GCredentialsType 294 { 295 /** 296 * Indicates an invalid native credential type. 297 */ 298 INVALID = 0, 299 /** 300 * The native credentials type is a struct ucred. 301 */ 302 LINUX_UCRED = 1, 303 /** 304 * The native credentials type is a struct cmsgcred. 305 */ 306 FREEBSD_CMSGCRED = 2, 307 /** 308 * The native credentials type is a struct sockpeercred. Added in 2.30. 309 */ 310 OPENBSD_SOCKPEERCRED = 3, 311 /** 312 * The native credentials type is a ucred_t. Added in 2.40. 313 */ 314 SOLARIS_UCRED = 4, 315 /** 316 * The native credentials type is a struct unpcbid. 317 */ 318 NETBSD_UNPCBID = 5, 319 } 320 alias GCredentialsType CredentialsType; 321 322 /** 323 * Flags used in g_dbus_connection_call() and similar APIs. 324 * 325 * Since: 2.26 326 */ 327 public enum GDBusCallFlags 328 { 329 /** 330 * No flags set. 331 */ 332 NONE = 0, 333 /** 334 * The bus must not launch 335 * an owner for the destination name in response to this method 336 * invocation. 337 */ 338 NO_AUTO_START = 1, 339 /** 340 * the caller is prepared to 341 * wait for interactive authorization. Since 2.46. 342 */ 343 ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION = 2, 344 } 345 alias GDBusCallFlags DBusCallFlags; 346 347 /** 348 * Capabilities negotiated with the remote peer. 349 * 350 * Since: 2.26 351 */ 352 public enum GDBusCapabilityFlags 353 { 354 /** 355 * No flags set. 356 */ 357 NONE = 0, 358 /** 359 * The connection 360 * supports exchanging UNIX file descriptors with the remote peer. 361 */ 362 UNIX_FD_PASSING = 1, 363 } 364 alias GDBusCapabilityFlags DBusCapabilityFlags; 365 366 /** 367 * Flags used when creating a new #GDBusConnection. 368 * 369 * Since: 2.26 370 */ 371 public enum GDBusConnectionFlags 372 { 373 /** 374 * No flags set. 375 */ 376 NONE = 0, 377 /** 378 * Perform authentication against server. 379 */ 380 AUTHENTICATION_CLIENT = 1, 381 /** 382 * Perform authentication against client. 383 */ 384 AUTHENTICATION_SERVER = 2, 385 /** 386 * When 387 * authenticating as a server, allow the anonymous authentication 388 * method. 389 */ 390 AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS = 4, 391 /** 392 * Pass this flag if connecting to a peer that is a 393 * message bus. This means that the Hello() method will be invoked as part of the connection setup. 394 */ 395 MESSAGE_BUS_CONNECTION = 8, 396 /** 397 * If set, processing of D-Bus messages is 398 * delayed until g_dbus_connection_start_message_processing() is called. 399 */ 400 DELAY_MESSAGE_PROCESSING = 16, 401 } 402 alias GDBusConnectionFlags DBusConnectionFlags; 403 404 /** 405 * Error codes for the %G_DBUS_ERROR error domain. 406 * 407 * Since: 2.26 408 */ 409 public enum GDBusError 410 { 411 /** 412 * A generic error; "something went wrong" - see the error message for 413 * more. 414 */ 415 FAILED = 0, 416 /** 417 * There was not enough memory to complete an operation. 418 */ 419 NO_MEMORY = 1, 420 /** 421 * The bus doesn't know how to launch a service to supply the bus name 422 * you wanted. 423 */ 424 SERVICE_UNKNOWN = 2, 425 /** 426 * The bus name you referenced doesn't exist (i.e. no application owns 427 * it). 428 */ 429 NAME_HAS_NO_OWNER = 3, 430 /** 431 * No reply to a message expecting one, usually means a timeout occurred. 432 */ 433 NO_REPLY = 4, 434 /** 435 * Something went wrong reading or writing to a socket, for example. 436 */ 437 IO_ERROR = 5, 438 /** 439 * A D-Bus bus address was malformed. 440 */ 441 BAD_ADDRESS = 6, 442 /** 443 * Requested operation isn't supported (like ENOSYS on UNIX). 444 */ 445 NOT_SUPPORTED = 7, 446 /** 447 * Some limited resource is exhausted. 448 */ 449 LIMITS_EXCEEDED = 8, 450 /** 451 * Security restrictions don't allow doing what you're trying to do. 452 */ 453 ACCESS_DENIED = 9, 454 /** 455 * Authentication didn't work. 456 */ 457 AUTH_FAILED = 10, 458 /** 459 * Unable to connect to server (probably caused by ECONNREFUSED on a 460 * socket). 461 */ 462 NO_SERVER = 11, 463 /** 464 * Certain timeout errors, possibly ETIMEDOUT on a socket. Note that 465 * %G_DBUS_ERROR_NO_REPLY is used for message reply timeouts. Warning: 466 * this is confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMED_OUT also 467 * exists. We can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be 468 * careful. 469 */ 470 TIMEOUT = 12, 471 /** 472 * No network access (probably ENETUNREACH on a socket). 473 */ 474 NO_NETWORK = 13, 475 /** 476 * Can't bind a socket since its address is in use (i.e. EADDRINUSE). 477 */ 478 ADDRESS_IN_USE = 14, 479 /** 480 * The connection is disconnected and you're trying to use it. 481 */ 482 DISCONNECTED = 15, 483 /** 484 * Invalid arguments passed to a method call. 485 */ 486 INVALID_ARGS = 16, 487 /** 488 * Missing file. 489 */ 490 FILE_NOT_FOUND = 17, 491 /** 492 * Existing file and the operation you're using does not silently overwrite. 493 */ 494 FILE_EXISTS = 18, 495 /** 496 * Method name you invoked isn't known by the object you invoked it on. 497 */ 498 UNKNOWN_METHOD = 19, 499 /** 500 * Certain timeout errors, e.g. while starting a service. Warning: this is 501 * confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMEOUT also exists. We 502 * can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be careful. 503 */ 504 TIMED_OUT = 20, 505 /** 506 * Tried to remove or modify a match rule that didn't exist. 507 */ 508 MATCH_RULE_NOT_FOUND = 21, 509 /** 510 * The match rule isn't syntactically valid. 511 */ 512 MATCH_RULE_INVALID = 22, 513 /** 514 * While starting a new process, the exec() call failed. 515 */ 516 SPAWN_EXEC_FAILED = 23, 517 /** 518 * While starting a new process, the fork() call failed. 519 */ 520 SPAWN_FORK_FAILED = 24, 521 /** 522 * While starting a new process, the child exited with a status code. 523 */ 524 SPAWN_CHILD_EXITED = 25, 525 /** 526 * While starting a new process, the child exited on a signal. 527 */ 528 SPAWN_CHILD_SIGNALED = 26, 529 /** 530 * While starting a new process, something went wrong. 531 */ 532 SPAWN_FAILED = 27, 533 /** 534 * We failed to setup the environment correctly. 535 */ 536 SPAWN_SETUP_FAILED = 28, 537 /** 538 * We failed to setup the config parser correctly. 539 */ 540 SPAWN_CONFIG_INVALID = 29, 541 /** 542 * Bus name was not valid. 543 */ 544 SPAWN_SERVICE_INVALID = 30, 545 /** 546 * Service file not found in system-services directory. 547 */ 548 SPAWN_SERVICE_NOT_FOUND = 31, 549 /** 550 * Permissions are incorrect on the setuid helper. 551 */ 552 SPAWN_PERMISSIONS_INVALID = 32, 553 /** 554 * Service file invalid (Name, User or Exec missing). 555 */ 556 SPAWN_FILE_INVALID = 33, 557 /** 558 * Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. 559 */ 560 SPAWN_NO_MEMORY = 34, 561 /** 562 * Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. 563 */ 564 UNIX_PROCESS_ID_UNKNOWN = 35, 565 /** 566 * A type signature is not valid. 567 */ 568 INVALID_SIGNATURE = 36, 569 /** 570 * A file contains invalid syntax or is otherwise broken. 571 */ 572 INVALID_FILE_CONTENT = 37, 573 /** 574 * Asked for SELinux security context and it wasn't available. 575 */ 576 SELINUX_SECURITY_CONTEXT_UNKNOWN = 38, 577 /** 578 * Asked for ADT audit data and it wasn't available. 579 */ 580 ADT_AUDIT_DATA_UNKNOWN = 39, 581 /** 582 * There's already an object with the requested object path. 583 */ 584 OBJECT_PATH_IN_USE = 40, 585 /** 586 * Object you invoked a method on isn't known. Since 2.42 587 */ 588 UNKNOWN_OBJECT = 41, 589 /** 590 * Interface you invoked a method on isn't known by the object. Since 2.42 591 */ 592 UNKNOWN_INTERFACE = 42, 593 /** 594 * Property you tried to access isn't known by the object. Since 2.42 595 */ 596 UNKNOWN_PROPERTY = 43, 597 /** 598 * Property you tried to set is read-only. Since 2.42 599 */ 600 PROPERTY_READ_ONLY = 44, 601 } 602 alias GDBusError DBusError; 603 604 /** 605 * Flags describing the behavior of a #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton instance. 606 * 607 * Since: 2.30 608 */ 609 public enum GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags 610 { 611 /** 612 * No flags set. 613 */ 614 NONE = 0, 615 /** 616 * Each method invocation is handled in 617 * a thread dedicated to the invocation. This means that the method implementation can use blocking IO 618 * without blocking any other part of the process. It also means that the method implementation must 619 * use locking to access data structures used by other threads. 620 */ 621 HANDLE_METHOD_INVOCATIONS_IN_THREAD = 1, 622 } 623 alias GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags DBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags; 624 625 /** 626 * Enumeration used to describe the byte order of a D-Bus message. 627 * 628 * Since: 2.26 629 */ 630 public enum GDBusMessageByteOrder 631 { 632 /** 633 * The byte order is big endian. 634 */ 635 BIG_ENDIAN = 66, 636 /** 637 * The byte order is little endian. 638 */ 639 LITTLE_ENDIAN = 108, 640 } 641 alias GDBusMessageByteOrder DBusMessageByteOrder; 642 643 /** 644 * Message flags used in #GDBusMessage. 645 * 646 * Since: 2.26 647 */ 648 public enum GDBusMessageFlags 649 { 650 /** 651 * No flags set. 652 */ 653 NONE = 0, 654 /** 655 * A reply is not expected. 656 */ 657 NO_REPLY_EXPECTED = 1, 658 /** 659 * The bus must not launch an 660 * owner for the destination name in response to this message. 661 */ 662 NO_AUTO_START = 2, 663 /** 664 * If set on a method 665 * call, this flag means that the caller is prepared to wait for interactive 666 * authorization. Since 2.46. 667 */ 668 ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION = 4, 669 } 670 alias GDBusMessageFlags DBusMessageFlags; 671 672 /** 673 * Header fields used in #GDBusMessage. 674 * 675 * Since: 2.26 676 */ 677 public enum GDBusMessageHeaderField 678 { 679 /** 680 * Not a valid header field. 681 */ 682 INVALID = 0, 683 /** 684 * The object path. 685 */ 686 PATH = 1, 687 /** 688 * The interface name. 689 */ 690 INTERFACE = 2, 691 /** 692 * The method or signal name. 693 */ 694 MEMBER = 3, 695 /** 696 * The name of the error that occurred. 697 */ 698 ERROR_NAME = 4, 699 /** 700 * The serial number the message is a reply to. 701 */ 702 REPLY_SERIAL = 5, 703 /** 704 * The name the message is intended for. 705 */ 706 DESTINATION = 6, 707 /** 708 * Unique name of the sender of the message (filled in by the bus). 709 */ 710 SENDER = 7, 711 /** 712 * The signature of the message body. 713 */ 714 SIGNATURE = 8, 715 /** 716 * The number of UNIX file descriptors that accompany the message. 717 */ 718 NUM_UNIX_FDS = 9, 719 } 720 alias GDBusMessageHeaderField DBusMessageHeaderField; 721 722 /** 723 * Message types used in #GDBusMessage. 724 * 725 * Since: 2.26 726 */ 727 public enum GDBusMessageType 728 { 729 /** 730 * Message is of invalid type. 731 */ 732 INVALID = 0, 733 /** 734 * Method call. 735 */ 736 METHOD_CALL = 1, 737 /** 738 * Method reply. 739 */ 740 METHOD_RETURN = 2, 741 /** 742 * Error reply. 743 */ 744 ERROR = 3, 745 /** 746 * Signal emission. 747 */ 748 SIGNAL = 4, 749 } 750 alias GDBusMessageType DBusMessageType; 751 752 /** 753 * Flags used when constructing a #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 754 * 755 * Since: 2.30 756 */ 757 public enum GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags 758 { 759 /** 760 * No flags set. 761 */ 762 NONE = 0, 763 /** 764 * If not set and the 765 * manager is for a well-known name, then request the bus to launch 766 * an owner for the name if no-one owns the name. This flag can only 767 * be used in managers for well-known names. 768 */ 769 DO_NOT_AUTO_START = 1, 770 } 771 alias GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags DBusObjectManagerClientFlags; 772 773 /** 774 * Flags describing the access control of a D-Bus property. 775 * 776 * Since: 2.26 777 */ 778 public enum GDBusPropertyInfoFlags 779 { 780 /** 781 * No flags set. 782 */ 783 NONE = 0, 784 /** 785 * Property is readable. 786 */ 787 READABLE = 1, 788 /** 789 * Property is writable. 790 */ 791 WRITABLE = 2, 792 } 793 alias GDBusPropertyInfoFlags DBusPropertyInfoFlags; 794 795 /** 796 * Flags used when constructing an instance of a #GDBusProxy derived class. 797 * 798 * Since: 2.26 799 */ 800 public enum GDBusProxyFlags 801 { 802 /** 803 * No flags set. 804 */ 805 NONE = 0, 806 /** 807 * Don't load properties. 808 */ 809 DO_NOT_LOAD_PROPERTIES = 1, 810 /** 811 * Don't connect to signals on the remote object. 812 */ 813 DO_NOT_CONNECT_SIGNALS = 2, 814 /** 815 * If the proxy is for a well-known name, 816 * do not ask the bus to launch an owner during proxy initialization or a method call. 817 * This flag is only meaningful in proxies for well-known names. 818 */ 819 DO_NOT_AUTO_START = 4, 820 /** 821 * If set, the property value for any __invalidated property__ will be (asynchronously) retrieved upon receiving the [`PropertiesChanged`](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-properties) D-Bus signal and the property will not cause emission of the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal. When the value is received the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal is emitted for the property along with the retrieved value. Since 2.32. 822 */ 823 GET_INVALIDATED_PROPERTIES = 8, 824 /** 825 * If the proxy is for a well-known name, 826 * do not ask the bus to launch an owner during proxy initialization, but allow it to be 827 * autostarted by a method call. This flag is only meaningful in proxies for well-known names, 828 * and only if %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START is not also specified. 829 */ 830 DO_NOT_AUTO_START_AT_CONSTRUCTION = 16, 831 } 832 alias GDBusProxyFlags DBusProxyFlags; 833 834 /** 835 * Flags used when sending #GDBusMessages on a #GDBusConnection. 836 * 837 * Since: 2.26 838 */ 839 public enum GDBusSendMessageFlags 840 { 841 /** 842 * No flags set. 843 */ 844 NONE = 0, 845 /** 846 * Do not automatically 847 * assign a serial number from the #GDBusConnection object when 848 * sending a message. 849 */ 850 PRESERVE_SERIAL = 1, 851 } 852 alias GDBusSendMessageFlags DBusSendMessageFlags; 853 854 /** 855 * Flags used when creating a #GDBusServer. 856 * 857 * Since: 2.26 858 */ 859 public enum GDBusServerFlags 860 { 861 /** 862 * No flags set. 863 */ 864 NONE = 0, 865 /** 866 * All #GDBusServer::new-connection 867 * signals will run in separated dedicated threads (see signal for 868 * details). 869 */ 870 RUN_IN_THREAD = 1, 871 /** 872 * Allow the anonymous 873 * authentication method. 874 */ 875 AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS = 2, 876 } 877 alias GDBusServerFlags DBusServerFlags; 878 879 /** 880 * Flags used when subscribing to signals via g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). 881 * 882 * Since: 2.26 883 */ 884 public enum GDBusSignalFlags 885 { 886 /** 887 * No flags set. 888 */ 889 NONE = 0, 890 /** 891 * Don't actually send the AddMatch 892 * D-Bus call for this signal subscription. This gives you more control 893 * over which match rules you add (but you must add them manually). 894 */ 895 NO_MATCH_RULE = 1, 896 /** 897 * Match first arguments that 898 * contain a bus or interface name with the given namespace. 899 */ 900 MATCH_ARG0_NAMESPACE = 2, 901 /** 902 * Match first arguments that 903 * contain an object path that is either equivalent to the given path, 904 * or one of the paths is a subpath of the other. 905 */ 906 MATCH_ARG0_PATH = 4, 907 } 908 alias GDBusSignalFlags DBusSignalFlags; 909 910 /** 911 * Flags passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 912 * 913 * Since: 2.26 914 */ 915 public enum GDBusSubtreeFlags 916 { 917 /** 918 * No flags set. 919 */ 920 NONE = 0, 921 /** 922 * Method calls to objects not in the enumerated range 923 * will still be dispatched. This is useful if you want 924 * to dynamically spawn objects in the subtree. 925 */ 926 DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES = 1, 927 } 928 alias GDBusSubtreeFlags DBusSubtreeFlags; 929 930 /** 931 * #GDataStreamByteOrder is used to ensure proper endianness of streaming data sources 932 * across various machine architectures. 933 */ 934 public enum GDataStreamByteOrder 935 { 936 /** 937 * Selects Big Endian byte order. 938 */ 939 BIG_ENDIAN = 0, 940 /** 941 * Selects Little Endian byte order. 942 */ 943 LITTLE_ENDIAN = 1, 944 /** 945 * Selects endianness based on host machine's architecture. 946 */ 947 HOST_ENDIAN = 2, 948 } 949 alias GDataStreamByteOrder DataStreamByteOrder; 950 951 /** 952 * #GDataStreamNewlineType is used when checking for or setting the line endings for a given file. 953 */ 954 public enum GDataStreamNewlineType 955 { 956 /** 957 * Selects "LF" line endings, common on most modern UNIX platforms. 958 */ 959 LF = 0, 960 /** 961 * Selects "CR" line endings. 962 */ 963 CR = 1, 964 /** 965 * Selects "CR, LF" line ending, common on Microsoft Windows. 966 */ 967 CR_LF = 2, 968 /** 969 * Automatically try to handle any line ending type. 970 */ 971 ANY = 3, 972 } 973 alias GDataStreamNewlineType DataStreamNewlineType; 974 975 /** 976 * Flags used when starting a drive. 977 * 978 * Since: 2.22 979 */ 980 public enum GDriveStartFlags 981 { 982 /** 983 * No flags set. 984 */ 985 NONE = 0, 986 } 987 alias GDriveStartFlags DriveStartFlags; 988 989 /** 990 * Enumeration describing how a drive can be started/stopped. 991 * 992 * Since: 2.22 993 */ 994 public enum GDriveStartStopType 995 { 996 /** 997 * Unknown or drive doesn't support 998 * start/stop. 999 */ 1000 UNKNOWN = 0, 1001 /** 1002 * The stop method will physically 1003 * shut down the drive and e.g. power down the port the drive is 1004 * attached to. 1005 */ 1006 SHUTDOWN = 1, 1007 /** 1008 * The start/stop methods are used 1009 * for connecting/disconnect to the drive over the network. 1010 */ 1011 NETWORK = 2, 1012 /** 1013 * The start/stop methods will 1014 * assemble/disassemble a virtual drive from several physical 1015 * drives. 1016 */ 1017 MULTIDISK = 3, 1018 /** 1019 * The start/stop methods will 1020 * unlock/lock the disk (for example using the ATA <quote>SECURITY 1021 * UNLOCK DEVICE</quote> command) 1022 */ 1023 PASSWORD = 4, 1024 } 1025 alias GDriveStartStopType DriveStartStopType; 1026 1027 /** 1028 * GEmblemOrigin is used to add information about the origin of the emblem 1029 * to #GEmblem. 1030 * 1031 * Since: 2.18 1032 */ 1033 public enum GEmblemOrigin 1034 { 1035 /** 1036 * Emblem of unknown origin 1037 */ 1038 UNKNOWN = 0, 1039 /** 1040 * Emblem adds device-specific information 1041 */ 1042 DEVICE = 1, 1043 /** 1044 * Emblem depicts live metadata, such as "readonly" 1045 */ 1046 LIVEMETADATA = 2, 1047 /** 1048 * Emblem comes from a user-defined tag, e.g. set by nautilus (in the future) 1049 */ 1050 TAG = 3, 1051 } 1052 alias GEmblemOrigin EmblemOrigin; 1053 1054 /** 1055 * Flags specifying the behaviour of an attribute. 1056 */ 1057 public enum GFileAttributeInfoFlags 1058 { 1059 /** 1060 * no flags set. 1061 */ 1062 NONE = 0, 1063 /** 1064 * copy the attribute values when the file is copied. 1065 */ 1066 COPY_WITH_FILE = 1, 1067 /** 1068 * copy the attribute values when the file is moved. 1069 */ 1070 COPY_WHEN_MOVED = 2, 1071 } 1072 alias GFileAttributeInfoFlags FileAttributeInfoFlags; 1073 1074 /** 1075 * Used by g_file_set_attributes_from_info() when setting file attributes. 1076 */ 1077 public enum GFileAttributeStatus 1078 { 1079 /** 1080 * Attribute value is unset (empty). 1081 */ 1082 UNSET = 0, 1083 /** 1084 * Attribute value is set. 1085 */ 1086 SET = 1, 1087 /** 1088 * Indicates an error in setting the value. 1089 */ 1090 ERROR_SETTING = 2, 1091 } 1092 alias GFileAttributeStatus FileAttributeStatus; 1093 1094 /** 1095 * The data types for file attributes. 1096 */ 1097 public enum GFileAttributeType 1098 { 1099 /** 1100 * indicates an invalid or uninitalized type. 1101 */ 1102 INVALID = 0, 1103 /** 1104 * a null terminated UTF8 string. 1105 */ 1106 STRING = 1, 1107 /** 1108 * a zero terminated string of non-zero bytes. 1109 */ 1110 BYTE_STRING = 2, 1111 /** 1112 * a boolean value. 1113 */ 1114 BOOLEAN = 3, 1115 /** 1116 * an unsigned 4-byte/32-bit integer. 1117 */ 1118 UINT32 = 4, 1119 /** 1120 * a signed 4-byte/32-bit integer. 1121 */ 1122 INT32 = 5, 1123 /** 1124 * an unsigned 8-byte/64-bit integer. 1125 */ 1126 UINT64 = 6, 1127 /** 1128 * a signed 8-byte/64-bit integer. 1129 */ 1130 INT64 = 7, 1131 /** 1132 * a #GObject. 1133 */ 1134 OBJECT = 8, 1135 /** 1136 * a %NULL terminated char **. Since 2.22 1137 */ 1138 STRINGV = 9, 1139 } 1140 alias GFileAttributeType FileAttributeType; 1141 1142 /** 1143 * Flags used when copying or moving files. 1144 */ 1145 public enum GFileCopyFlags 1146 { 1147 /** 1148 * No flags set. 1149 */ 1150 NONE = 0, 1151 /** 1152 * Overwrite any existing files 1153 */ 1154 OVERWRITE = 1, 1155 /** 1156 * Make a backup of any existing files. 1157 */ 1158 BACKUP = 2, 1159 /** 1160 * Don't follow symlinks. 1161 */ 1162 NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS = 4, 1163 /** 1164 * Copy all file metadata instead of just default set used for copy (see #GFileInfo). 1165 */ 1166 ALL_METADATA = 8, 1167 /** 1168 * Don't use copy and delete fallback if native move not supported. 1169 */ 1170 NO_FALLBACK_FOR_MOVE = 16, 1171 /** 1172 * Leaves target file with default perms, instead of setting the source file perms. 1173 */ 1174 TARGET_DEFAULT_PERMS = 32, 1175 } 1176 alias GFileCopyFlags FileCopyFlags; 1177 1178 /** 1179 * Flags used when an operation may create a file. 1180 */ 1181 public enum GFileCreateFlags 1182 { 1183 /** 1184 * No flags set. 1185 */ 1186 NONE = 0, 1187 /** 1188 * Create a file that can only be 1189 * accessed by the current user. 1190 */ 1191 PRIVATE = 1, 1192 /** 1193 * Replace the destination 1194 * as if it didn't exist before. Don't try to keep any old 1195 * permissions, replace instead of following links. This 1196 * is generally useful if you're doing a "copy over" 1197 * rather than a "save new version of" replace operation. 1198 * You can think of it as "unlink destination" before 1199 * writing to it, although the implementation may not 1200 * be exactly like that. Since 2.20 1201 */ 1202 REPLACE_DESTINATION = 2, 1203 } 1204 alias GFileCreateFlags FileCreateFlags; 1205 1206 /** 1207 * Flags that can be used with g_file_measure_disk_usage(). 1208 * 1209 * Since: 2.38 1210 */ 1211 public enum GFileMeasureFlags 1212 { 1213 /** 1214 * No flags set. 1215 */ 1216 NONE = 0, 1217 /** 1218 * Report any error encountered 1219 * while traversing the directory tree. Normally errors are only 1220 * reported for the toplevel file. 1221 */ 1222 REPORT_ANY_ERROR = 2, 1223 /** 1224 * Tally usage based on apparent file 1225 * sizes. Normally, the block-size is used, if available, as this is a 1226 * more accurate representation of disk space used. 1227 * Compare with `du --apparent-size`. 1228 */ 1229 APPARENT_SIZE = 4, 1230 /** 1231 * Do not cross mount point boundaries. 1232 * Compare with `du -x`. 1233 */ 1234 NO_XDEV = 8, 1235 } 1236 alias GFileMeasureFlags FileMeasureFlags; 1237 1238 /** 1239 * Specifies what type of event a monitor event is. 1240 */ 1241 public enum GFileMonitorEvent 1242 { 1243 /** 1244 * a file changed. 1245 */ 1246 CHANGED = 0, 1247 /** 1248 * a hint that this was probably the last change in a set of changes. 1249 */ 1250 CHANGES_DONE_HINT = 1, 1251 /** 1252 * a file was deleted. 1253 */ 1254 DELETED = 2, 1255 /** 1256 * a file was created. 1257 */ 1258 CREATED = 3, 1259 /** 1260 * a file attribute was changed. 1261 */ 1262 ATTRIBUTE_CHANGED = 4, 1263 /** 1264 * the file location will soon be unmounted. 1265 */ 1266 PRE_UNMOUNT = 5, 1267 /** 1268 * the file location was unmounted. 1269 */ 1270 UNMOUNTED = 6, 1271 /** 1272 * the file was moved -- only sent if the 1273 * (deprecated) %G_FILE_MONITOR_SEND_MOVED flag is set 1274 */ 1275 MOVED = 7, 1276 /** 1277 * the file was renamed within the 1278 * current directory -- only sent if the %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES 1279 * flag is set. Since: 2.46. 1280 */ 1281 RENAMED = 8, 1282 /** 1283 * the file was moved into the 1284 * monitored directory from another location -- only sent if the 1285 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is set. Since: 2.46. 1286 */ 1287 MOVED_IN = 9, 1288 /** 1289 * the file was moved out of the 1290 * monitored directory to another location -- only sent if the 1291 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is set. Since: 2.46 1292 */ 1293 MOVED_OUT = 10, 1294 } 1295 alias GFileMonitorEvent FileMonitorEvent; 1296 1297 /** 1298 * Flags used to set what a #GFileMonitor will watch for. 1299 */ 1300 public enum GFileMonitorFlags 1301 { 1302 /** 1303 * No flags set. 1304 */ 1305 NONE = 0, 1306 /** 1307 * Watch for mount events. 1308 */ 1309 WATCH_MOUNTS = 1, 1310 /** 1311 * Pair DELETED and CREATED events caused 1312 * by file renames (moves) and send a single G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED 1313 * event instead (NB: not supported on all backends; the default 1314 * behaviour -without specifying this flag- is to send single DELETED 1315 * and CREATED events). Deprecated since 2.46: use 1316 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES instead. 1317 */ 1318 SEND_MOVED = 2, 1319 /** 1320 * Watch for changes to the file made 1321 * via another hard link. Since 2.36. 1322 */ 1323 WATCH_HARD_LINKS = 4, 1324 /** 1325 * Watch for rename operations on a 1326 * monitored directory. This causes %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_RENAMED, 1327 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_IN and %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_OUT 1328 * events to be emitted when possible. Since: 2.46. 1329 */ 1330 WATCH_MOVES = 8, 1331 } 1332 alias GFileMonitorFlags FileMonitorFlags; 1333 1334 /** 1335 * Flags used when querying a #GFileInfo. 1336 */ 1337 public enum GFileQueryInfoFlags 1338 { 1339 /** 1340 * No flags set. 1341 */ 1342 NONE = 0, 1343 /** 1344 * Don't follow symlinks. 1345 */ 1346 NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS = 1, 1347 } 1348 alias GFileQueryInfoFlags FileQueryInfoFlags; 1349 1350 /** 1351 * Indicates the file's on-disk type. 1352 * 1353 * On Windows systems a file will never have %G_FILE_TYPE_SYMBOLIC_LINK type; 1354 * use #GFileInfo and %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK to determine 1355 * whether a file is a symlink or not. This is due to the fact that NTFS does 1356 * not have a single filesystem object type for symbolic links - it has 1357 * files that symlink to files, and directories that symlink to directories. 1358 * #GFileType enumeration cannot precisely represent this important distinction, 1359 * which is why all Windows symlinks will continue to be reported as 1360 * %G_FILE_TYPE_REGULAR or %G_FILE_TYPE_DIRECTORY. 1361 */ 1362 public enum GFileType 1363 { 1364 /** 1365 * File's type is unknown. 1366 */ 1367 UNKNOWN = 0, 1368 /** 1369 * File handle represents a regular file. 1370 */ 1371 REGULAR = 1, 1372 /** 1373 * File handle represents a directory. 1374 */ 1375 DIRECTORY = 2, 1376 /** 1377 * File handle represents a symbolic link 1378 * (Unix systems). 1379 */ 1380 SYMBOLIC_LINK = 3, 1381 /** 1382 * File is a "special" file, such as a socket, fifo, 1383 * block device, or character device. 1384 */ 1385 SPECIAL = 4, 1386 /** 1387 * File is a shortcut (Windows systems). 1388 */ 1389 SHORTCUT = 5, 1390 /** 1391 * File is a mountable location. 1392 */ 1393 MOUNTABLE = 6, 1394 } 1395 alias GFileType FileType; 1396 1397 /** 1398 * Indicates a hint from the file system whether files should be 1399 * previewed in a file manager. Returned as the value of the key 1400 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW. 1401 */ 1402 public enum GFilesystemPreviewType 1403 { 1404 /** 1405 * Only preview files if user has explicitly requested it. 1406 */ 1407 IF_ALWAYS = 0, 1408 /** 1409 * Preview files if user has requested preview of "local" files. 1410 */ 1411 IF_LOCAL = 1, 1412 /** 1413 * Never preview files. 1414 */ 1415 NEVER = 2, 1416 } 1417 alias GFilesystemPreviewType FilesystemPreviewType; 1418 1419 /** 1420 * Error codes returned by GIO functions. 1421 * 1422 * Note that this domain may be extended in future GLib releases. In 1423 * general, new error codes either only apply to new APIs, or else 1424 * replace %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED in cases that were not explicitly 1425 * distinguished before. You should therefore avoid writing code like 1426 * |[<!-- language="C" --> 1427 * if (g_error_matches (error, G_IO_ERROR, G_IO_ERROR_FAILED)) 1428 * { 1429 * // Assume that this is EPRINTERONFIRE 1430 * ... 1431 * } 1432 * ]| 1433 * but should instead treat all unrecognized error codes the same as 1434 * #G_IO_ERROR_FAILED. 1435 * 1436 * See also #GPollableReturn for a cheaper way of returning 1437 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK to callers without allocating a #GError. 1438 */ 1439 public enum GIOErrorEnum 1440 { 1441 /** 1442 * Generic error condition for when an operation fails 1443 * and no more specific #GIOErrorEnum value is defined. 1444 */ 1445 FAILED = 0, 1446 /** 1447 * File not found. 1448 */ 1449 NOT_FOUND = 1, 1450 /** 1451 * File already exists. 1452 */ 1453 EXISTS = 2, 1454 /** 1455 * File is a directory. 1456 */ 1457 IS_DIRECTORY = 3, 1458 /** 1459 * File is not a directory. 1460 */ 1461 NOT_DIRECTORY = 4, 1462 /** 1463 * File is a directory that isn't empty. 1464 */ 1465 NOT_EMPTY = 5, 1466 /** 1467 * File is not a regular file. 1468 */ 1469 NOT_REGULAR_FILE = 6, 1470 /** 1471 * File is not a symbolic link. 1472 */ 1473 NOT_SYMBOLIC_LINK = 7, 1474 /** 1475 * File cannot be mounted. 1476 */ 1477 NOT_MOUNTABLE_FILE = 8, 1478 /** 1479 * Filename is too many characters. 1480 */ 1481 FILENAME_TOO_LONG = 9, 1482 /** 1483 * Filename is invalid or contains invalid characters. 1484 */ 1485 INVALID_FILENAME = 10, 1486 /** 1487 * File contains too many symbolic links. 1488 */ 1489 TOO_MANY_LINKS = 11, 1490 /** 1491 * No space left on drive. 1492 */ 1493 NO_SPACE = 12, 1494 /** 1495 * Invalid argument. 1496 */ 1497 INVALID_ARGUMENT = 13, 1498 /** 1499 * Permission denied. 1500 */ 1501 PERMISSION_DENIED = 14, 1502 /** 1503 * Operation (or one of its parameters) not supported 1504 */ 1505 NOT_SUPPORTED = 15, 1506 /** 1507 * File isn't mounted. 1508 */ 1509 NOT_MOUNTED = 16, 1510 /** 1511 * File is already mounted. 1512 */ 1513 ALREADY_MOUNTED = 17, 1514 /** 1515 * File was closed. 1516 */ 1517 CLOSED = 18, 1518 /** 1519 * Operation was cancelled. See #GCancellable. 1520 */ 1521 CANCELLED = 19, 1522 /** 1523 * Operations are still pending. 1524 */ 1525 PENDING = 20, 1526 /** 1527 * File is read only. 1528 */ 1529 READ_ONLY = 21, 1530 /** 1531 * Backup couldn't be created. 1532 */ 1533 CANT_CREATE_BACKUP = 22, 1534 /** 1535 * File's Entity Tag was incorrect. 1536 */ 1537 WRONG_ETAG = 23, 1538 /** 1539 * Operation timed out. 1540 */ 1541 TIMED_OUT = 24, 1542 /** 1543 * Operation would be recursive. 1544 */ 1545 WOULD_RECURSE = 25, 1546 /** 1547 * File is busy. 1548 */ 1549 BUSY = 26, 1550 /** 1551 * Operation would block. 1552 */ 1553 WOULD_BLOCK = 27, 1554 /** 1555 * Host couldn't be found (remote operations). 1556 */ 1557 HOST_NOT_FOUND = 28, 1558 /** 1559 * Operation would merge files. 1560 */ 1561 WOULD_MERGE = 29, 1562 /** 1563 * Operation failed and a helper program has 1564 * already interacted with the user. Do not display any error dialog. 1565 */ 1566 FAILED_HANDLED = 30, 1567 /** 1568 * The current process has too many files 1569 * open and can't open any more. Duplicate descriptors do count toward 1570 * this limit. Since 2.20 1571 */ 1572 TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES = 31, 1573 /** 1574 * The object has not been initialized. Since 2.22 1575 */ 1576 NOT_INITIALIZED = 32, 1577 /** 1578 * The requested address is already in use. Since 2.22 1579 */ 1580 ADDRESS_IN_USE = 33, 1581 /** 1582 * Need more input to finish operation. Since 2.24 1583 */ 1584 PARTIAL_INPUT = 34, 1585 /** 1586 * The input data was invalid. Since 2.24 1587 */ 1588 INVALID_DATA = 35, 1589 /** 1590 * A remote object generated an error that 1591 * doesn't correspond to a locally registered #GError error 1592 * domain. Use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to extract the D-Bus 1593 * error name and g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() to fix up the 1594 * message so it matches what was received on the wire. Since 2.26. 1595 */ 1596 DBUS_ERROR = 36, 1597 /** 1598 * Host unreachable. Since 2.26 1599 */ 1600 HOST_UNREACHABLE = 37, 1601 /** 1602 * Network unreachable. Since 2.26 1603 */ 1604 NETWORK_UNREACHABLE = 38, 1605 /** 1606 * Connection refused. Since 2.26 1607 */ 1608 CONNECTION_REFUSED = 39, 1609 /** 1610 * Connection to proxy server failed. Since 2.26 1611 */ 1612 PROXY_FAILED = 40, 1613 /** 1614 * Proxy authentication failed. Since 2.26 1615 */ 1616 PROXY_AUTH_FAILED = 41, 1617 /** 1618 * Proxy server needs authentication. Since 2.26 1619 */ 1620 PROXY_NEED_AUTH = 42, 1621 /** 1622 * Proxy connection is not allowed by ruleset. 1623 * Since 2.26 1624 */ 1625 PROXY_NOT_ALLOWED = 43, 1626 /** 1627 * Broken pipe. Since 2.36 1628 */ 1629 BROKEN_PIPE = 44, 1630 /** 1631 * Connection closed by peer. Note that this 1632 * is the same code as %G_IO_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE; before 2.44 some 1633 * "connection closed" errors returned %G_IO_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE, but others 1634 * returned %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED. Now they should all return the same 1635 * value, which has this more logical name. Since 2.44. 1636 */ 1637 CONNECTION_CLOSED = 44, 1638 /** 1639 * Transport endpoint is not connected. Since 2.44 1640 */ 1641 NOT_CONNECTED = 45, 1642 /** 1643 * Message too large. Since 2.48. 1644 */ 1645 MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE = 46, 1646 } 1647 alias GIOErrorEnum IOErrorEnum; 1648 1649 /** 1650 * Flags for use with g_io_module_scope_new(). 1651 * 1652 * Since: 2.30 1653 */ 1654 public enum GIOModuleScopeFlags 1655 { 1656 /** 1657 * No module scan flags 1658 */ 1659 NONE = 0, 1660 /** 1661 * When using this scope to load or 1662 * scan modules, automatically block a modules which has the same base 1663 * basename as previously loaded module. 1664 */ 1665 BLOCK_DUPLICATES = 1, 1666 } 1667 alias GIOModuleScopeFlags IOModuleScopeFlags; 1668 1669 /** 1670 * GIOStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. 1671 * 1672 * Since: 2.28 1673 */ 1674 public enum GIOStreamSpliceFlags 1675 { 1676 /** 1677 * Do not close either stream. 1678 */ 1679 NONE = 0, 1680 /** 1681 * Close the first stream after 1682 * the splice. 1683 */ 1684 CLOSE_STREAM1 = 1, 1685 /** 1686 * Close the second stream after 1687 * the splice. 1688 */ 1689 CLOSE_STREAM2 = 2, 1690 /** 1691 * Wait for both splice operations to finish 1692 * before calling the callback. 1693 */ 1694 WAIT_FOR_BOTH = 4, 1695 } 1696 alias GIOStreamSpliceFlags IOStreamSpliceFlags; 1697 1698 /** 1699 * Memory availability warning levels. 1700 * 1701 * Note that because new values might be added, it is recommended that applications check 1702 * #GMemoryMonitorWarningLevel as ranges, for example: 1703 * |[<!-- language="C" --> 1704 * if (warning_level > G_MEMORY_MONITOR_WARNING_LEVEL_LOW) 1705 * drop_caches (); 1706 * ]| 1707 * 1708 * Since: 2.64 1709 */ 1710 public enum GMemoryMonitorWarningLevel 1711 { 1712 /** 1713 * Memory on the device is low, processes 1714 * should free up unneeded resources (for example, in-memory caches) so they can 1715 * be used elsewhere. 1716 */ 1717 LOW = 50, 1718 /** 1719 * Same as @G_MEMORY_MONITOR_WARNING_LEVEL_LOW 1720 * but the device has even less free memory, so processes should try harder to free 1721 * up unneeded resources. If your process does not need to stay running, it is a 1722 * good time for it to quit. 1723 */ 1724 MEDIUM = 100, 1725 /** 1726 * The system will soon start terminating 1727 * processes to reclaim memory, including background processes. 1728 */ 1729 CRITICAL = 255, 1730 } 1731 alias GMemoryMonitorWarningLevel MemoryMonitorWarningLevel; 1732 1733 /** 1734 * Flags used when mounting a mount. 1735 */ 1736 public enum GMountMountFlags 1737 { 1738 /** 1739 * No flags set. 1740 */ 1741 NONE = 0, 1742 } 1743 alias GMountMountFlags MountMountFlags; 1744 1745 /** 1746 * #GMountOperationResult is returned as a result when a request for 1747 * information is send by the mounting operation. 1748 */ 1749 public enum GMountOperationResult 1750 { 1751 /** 1752 * The request was fulfilled and the 1753 * user specified data is now available 1754 */ 1755 HANDLED = 0, 1756 /** 1757 * The user requested the mount operation 1758 * to be aborted 1759 */ 1760 ABORTED = 1, 1761 /** 1762 * The request was unhandled (i.e. not 1763 * implemented) 1764 */ 1765 UNHANDLED = 2, 1766 } 1767 alias GMountOperationResult MountOperationResult; 1768 1769 /** 1770 * Flags used when an unmounting a mount. 1771 */ 1772 public enum GMountUnmountFlags 1773 { 1774 /** 1775 * No flags set. 1776 */ 1777 NONE = 0, 1778 /** 1779 * Unmount even if there are outstanding 1780 * file operations on the mount. 1781 */ 1782 FORCE = 1, 1783 } 1784 alias GMountUnmountFlags MountUnmountFlags; 1785 1786 /** 1787 * The host's network connectivity state, as reported by #GNetworkMonitor. 1788 * 1789 * Since: 2.44 1790 */ 1791 public enum GNetworkConnectivity 1792 { 1793 /** 1794 * The host is not configured with a 1795 * route to the Internet; it may or may not be connected to a local 1796 * network. 1797 */ 1798 LOCAL = 1, 1799 /** 1800 * The host is connected to a network, but 1801 * does not appear to be able to reach the full Internet, perhaps 1802 * due to upstream network problems. 1803 */ 1804 LIMITED = 2, 1805 /** 1806 * The host is behind a captive portal and 1807 * cannot reach the full Internet. 1808 */ 1809 PORTAL = 3, 1810 /** 1811 * The host is connected to a network, and 1812 * appears to be able to reach the full Internet. 1813 */ 1814 FULL = 4, 1815 } 1816 alias GNetworkConnectivity NetworkConnectivity; 1817 1818 /** 1819 * Priority levels for #GNotifications. 1820 * 1821 * Since: 2.42 1822 */ 1823 public enum GNotificationPriority 1824 { 1825 /** 1826 * the default priority, to be used for the 1827 * majority of notifications (for example email messages, software updates, 1828 * completed download/sync operations) 1829 */ 1830 NORMAL = 0, 1831 /** 1832 * for notifications that do not require 1833 * immediate attention - typically used for contextual background 1834 * information, such as contact birthdays or local weather 1835 */ 1836 LOW = 1, 1837 /** 1838 * for events that require more attention, 1839 * usually because responses are time-sensitive (for example chat and SMS 1840 * messages or alarms) 1841 */ 1842 HIGH = 2, 1843 /** 1844 * for urgent notifications, or notifications 1845 * that require a response in a short space of time (for example phone calls 1846 * or emergency warnings) 1847 */ 1848 URGENT = 3, 1849 } 1850 alias GNotificationPriority NotificationPriority; 1851 1852 /** 1853 * GOutputStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. 1854 */ 1855 public enum GOutputStreamSpliceFlags 1856 { 1857 /** 1858 * Do not close either stream. 1859 */ 1860 NONE = 0, 1861 /** 1862 * Close the source stream after 1863 * the splice. 1864 */ 1865 CLOSE_SOURCE = 1, 1866 /** 1867 * Close the target stream after 1868 * the splice. 1869 */ 1870 CLOSE_TARGET = 2, 1871 } 1872 alias GOutputStreamSpliceFlags OutputStreamSpliceFlags; 1873 1874 /** 1875 * #GPasswordSave is used to indicate the lifespan of a saved password. 1876 * 1877 * #Gvfs stores passwords in the Gnome keyring when this flag allows it 1878 * to, and later retrieves it again from there. 1879 */ 1880 public enum GPasswordSave 1881 { 1882 /** 1883 * never save a password. 1884 */ 1885 NEVER = 0, 1886 /** 1887 * save a password for the session. 1888 */ 1889 FOR_SESSION = 1, 1890 /** 1891 * save a password permanently. 1892 */ 1893 PERMANENTLY = 2, 1894 } 1895 alias GPasswordSave PasswordSave; 1896 1897 /** 1898 * Return value for various IO operations that signal errors via the 1899 * return value and not necessarily via a #GError. 1900 * 1901 * This enum exists to be able to return errors to callers without having to 1902 * allocate a #GError. Allocating #GErrors can be quite expensive for 1903 * regularly happening errors like %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. 1904 * 1905 * In case of %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_FAILED a #GError should be set for the 1906 * operation to give details about the error that happened. 1907 * 1908 * Since: 2.60 1909 */ 1910 public enum GPollableReturn 1911 { 1912 /** 1913 * Generic error condition for when an operation fails. 1914 */ 1915 FAILED = 0, 1916 /** 1917 * The operation was successfully finished. 1918 */ 1919 OK = 1, 1920 /** 1921 * The operation would block. 1922 */ 1923 WOULD_BLOCK = -27, 1924 } 1925 alias GPollableReturn PollableReturn; 1926 1927 /** 1928 * An error code used with %G_RESOLVER_ERROR in a #GError returned 1929 * from a #GResolver routine. 1930 * 1931 * Since: 2.22 1932 */ 1933 public enum GResolverError 1934 { 1935 /** 1936 * the requested name/address/service was not 1937 * found 1938 */ 1939 NOT_FOUND = 0, 1940 /** 1941 * the requested information could not 1942 * be looked up due to a network error or similar problem 1943 */ 1944 TEMPORARY_FAILURE = 1, 1945 /** 1946 * unknown error 1947 */ 1948 INTERNAL = 2, 1949 } 1950 alias GResolverError ResolverError; 1951 1952 /** 1953 * Flags to modify lookup behavior. 1954 * 1955 * Since: 2.60 1956 */ 1957 public enum GResolverNameLookupFlags 1958 { 1959 /** 1960 * default behavior (same as g_resolver_lookup_by_name()) 1961 */ 1962 DEFAULT = 0, 1963 /** 1964 * only resolve ipv4 addresses 1965 */ 1966 IPV4_ONLY = 1, 1967 /** 1968 * only resolve ipv6 addresses 1969 */ 1970 IPV6_ONLY = 2, 1971 } 1972 alias GResolverNameLookupFlags ResolverNameLookupFlags; 1973 1974 /** 1975 * The type of record that g_resolver_lookup_records() or 1976 * g_resolver_lookup_records_async() should retrieve. The records are returned 1977 * as lists of #GVariant tuples. Each record type has different values in 1978 * the variant tuples returned. 1979 * 1980 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SRV records are returned as variants with the signature 1981 * `(qqqs)`, containing a `guint16` with the priority, a `guint16` with the 1982 * weight, a `guint16` with the port, and a string of the hostname. 1983 * 1984 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_MX records are returned as variants with the signature 1985 * `(qs)`, representing a `guint16` with the preference, and a string containing 1986 * the mail exchanger hostname. 1987 * 1988 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_TXT records are returned as variants with the signature 1989 * `(as)`, representing an array of the strings in the text record. Note: Most TXT 1990 * records only contain a single string, but 1991 * [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035#section-3.3.14) does allow a 1992 * record to contain multiple strings. The RFC which defines the interpretation 1993 * of a specific TXT record will likely require concatenation of multiple 1994 * strings if they are present, as with 1995 * [RFC 7208](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7208#section-3.3). 1996 * 1997 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SOA records are returned as variants with the signature 1998 * `(ssuuuuu)`, representing a string containing the primary name server, a 1999 * string containing the administrator, the serial as a `guint32`, the refresh 2000 * interval as a `guint32`, the retry interval as a `guint32`, the expire timeout 2001 * as a `guint32`, and the TTL as a `guint32`. 2002 * 2003 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_NS records are returned as variants with the signature 2004 * `(s)`, representing a string of the hostname of the name server. 2005 * 2006 * Since: 2.34 2007 */ 2008 public enum GResolverRecordType 2009 { 2010 /** 2011 * look up DNS SRV records for a domain 2012 */ 2013 SRV = 1, 2014 /** 2015 * look up DNS MX records for a domain 2016 */ 2017 MX = 2, 2018 /** 2019 * look up DNS TXT records for a name 2020 */ 2021 TXT = 3, 2022 /** 2023 * look up DNS SOA records for a zone 2024 */ 2025 SOA = 4, 2026 /** 2027 * look up DNS NS records for a domain 2028 */ 2029 NS = 5, 2030 } 2031 alias GResolverRecordType ResolverRecordType; 2032 2033 /** 2034 * An error code used with %G_RESOURCE_ERROR in a #GError returned 2035 * from a #GResource routine. 2036 * 2037 * Since: 2.32 2038 */ 2039 public enum GResourceError 2040 { 2041 /** 2042 * no file was found at the requested path 2043 */ 2044 NOT_FOUND = 0, 2045 /** 2046 * unknown error 2047 */ 2048 INTERNAL = 1, 2049 } 2050 alias GResourceError ResourceError; 2051 2052 /** 2053 * GResourceFlags give information about a particular file inside a resource 2054 * bundle. 2055 * 2056 * Since: 2.32 2057 */ 2058 public enum GResourceFlags 2059 { 2060 /** 2061 * No flags set. 2062 */ 2063 NONE = 0, 2064 /** 2065 * The file is compressed. 2066 */ 2067 COMPRESSED = 1, 2068 } 2069 alias GResourceFlags ResourceFlags; 2070 2071 /** 2072 * GResourceLookupFlags determine how resource path lookups are handled. 2073 * 2074 * Since: 2.32 2075 */ 2076 public enum GResourceLookupFlags 2077 { 2078 /** 2079 * No flags set. 2080 */ 2081 NONE = 0, 2082 } 2083 alias GResourceLookupFlags ResourceLookupFlags; 2084 2085 /** 2086 * Flags used when creating a binding. These flags determine in which 2087 * direction the binding works. The default is to synchronize in both 2088 * directions. 2089 */ 2090 public enum GSettingsBindFlags 2091 { 2092 /** 2093 * Equivalent to `G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET|G_SETTINGS_BIND_SET` 2094 */ 2095 DEFAULT = 0, 2096 /** 2097 * Update the #GObject property when the setting changes. 2098 * It is an error to use this flag if the property is not writable. 2099 */ 2100 GET = 1, 2101 /** 2102 * Update the setting when the #GObject property changes. 2103 * It is an error to use this flag if the property is not readable. 2104 */ 2105 SET = 2, 2106 /** 2107 * Do not try to bind a "sensitivity" property to the writability of the setting 2108 */ 2109 NO_SENSITIVITY = 4, 2110 /** 2111 * When set in addition to #G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET, set the #GObject property 2112 * value initially from the setting, but do not listen for changes of the setting 2113 */ 2114 GET_NO_CHANGES = 8, 2115 /** 2116 * When passed to g_settings_bind(), uses a pair of mapping functions that invert 2117 * the boolean value when mapping between the setting and the property. The setting and property must both 2118 * be booleans. You cannot pass this flag to g_settings_bind_with_mapping(). 2119 */ 2120 INVERT_BOOLEAN = 16, 2121 } 2122 alias GSettingsBindFlags SettingsBindFlags; 2123 2124 /** 2125 * Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketClient. See the 2126 * #GSocketClient::event signal for more details. 2127 * 2128 * Additional values may be added to this type in the future. 2129 * 2130 * Since: 2.32 2131 */ 2132 public enum GSocketClientEvent 2133 { 2134 /** 2135 * The client is doing a DNS lookup. 2136 */ 2137 RESOLVING = 0, 2138 /** 2139 * The client has completed a DNS lookup. 2140 */ 2141 RESOLVED = 1, 2142 /** 2143 * The client is connecting to a remote 2144 * host (either a proxy or the destination server). 2145 */ 2146 CONNECTING = 2, 2147 /** 2148 * The client has connected to a remote 2149 * host. 2150 */ 2151 CONNECTED = 3, 2152 /** 2153 * The client is negotiating 2154 * with a proxy to connect to the destination server. 2155 */ 2156 PROXY_NEGOTIATING = 4, 2157 /** 2158 * The client has negotiated 2159 * with the proxy server. 2160 */ 2161 PROXY_NEGOTIATED = 5, 2162 /** 2163 * The client is performing a 2164 * TLS handshake. 2165 */ 2166 TLS_HANDSHAKING = 6, 2167 /** 2168 * The client has performed a 2169 * TLS handshake. 2170 */ 2171 TLS_HANDSHAKED = 7, 2172 /** 2173 * The client is done with a particular 2174 * #GSocketConnectable. 2175 */ 2176 COMPLETE = 8, 2177 } 2178 alias GSocketClientEvent SocketClientEvent; 2179 2180 /** 2181 * The protocol family of a #GSocketAddress. (These values are 2182 * identical to the system defines %AF_INET, %AF_INET6 and %AF_UNIX, 2183 * if available.) 2184 * 2185 * Since: 2.22 2186 */ 2187 public enum GSocketFamily 2188 { 2189 /** 2190 * no address family 2191 */ 2192 INVALID = 0, 2193 /** 2194 * the UNIX domain family 2195 */ 2196 UNIX = 1, 2197 /** 2198 * the IPv4 family 2199 */ 2200 IPV4 = 2, 2201 /** 2202 * the IPv6 family 2203 */ 2204 IPV6 = 10, 2205 } 2206 alias GSocketFamily SocketFamily; 2207 2208 /** 2209 * Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketListener. See the 2210 * #GSocketListener::event signal for more details. 2211 * 2212 * Additional values may be added to this type in the future. 2213 * 2214 * Since: 2.46 2215 */ 2216 public enum GSocketListenerEvent 2217 { 2218 /** 2219 * The listener is about to bind a socket. 2220 */ 2221 BINDING = 0, 2222 /** 2223 * The listener has bound a socket. 2224 */ 2225 BOUND = 1, 2226 /** 2227 * The listener is about to start 2228 * listening on this socket. 2229 */ 2230 LISTENING = 2, 2231 /** 2232 * The listener is now listening on 2233 * this socket. 2234 */ 2235 LISTENED = 3, 2236 } 2237 alias GSocketListenerEvent SocketListenerEvent; 2238 2239 /** 2240 * Flags used in g_socket_receive_message() and g_socket_send_message(). 2241 * The flags listed in the enum are some commonly available flags, but the 2242 * values used for them are the same as on the platform, and any other flags 2243 * are passed in/out as is. So to use a platform specific flag, just include 2244 * the right system header and pass in the flag. 2245 * 2246 * Since: 2.22 2247 */ 2248 public enum GSocketMsgFlags 2249 { 2250 /** 2251 * No flags. 2252 */ 2253 NONE = 0, 2254 /** 2255 * Request to send/receive out of band data. 2256 */ 2257 OOB = 1, 2258 /** 2259 * Read data from the socket without removing it from 2260 * the queue. 2261 */ 2262 PEEK = 2, 2263 /** 2264 * Don't use a gateway to send out the packet, 2265 * only send to hosts on directly connected networks. 2266 */ 2267 DONTROUTE = 4, 2268 } 2269 alias GSocketMsgFlags SocketMsgFlags; 2270 2271 /** 2272 * A protocol identifier is specified when creating a #GSocket, which is a 2273 * family/type specific identifier, where 0 means the default protocol for 2274 * the particular family/type. 2275 * 2276 * This enum contains a set of commonly available and used protocols. You 2277 * can also pass any other identifiers handled by the platform in order to 2278 * use protocols not listed here. 2279 * 2280 * Since: 2.22 2281 */ 2282 public enum GSocketProtocol 2283 { 2284 /** 2285 * The protocol type is unknown 2286 */ 2287 UNKNOWN = -1, 2288 /** 2289 * The default protocol for the family/type 2290 */ 2291 DEFAULT = 0, 2292 /** 2293 * TCP over IP 2294 */ 2295 TCP = 6, 2296 /** 2297 * UDP over IP 2298 */ 2299 UDP = 17, 2300 /** 2301 * SCTP over IP 2302 */ 2303 SCTP = 132, 2304 } 2305 alias GSocketProtocol SocketProtocol; 2306 2307 /** 2308 * Flags used when creating a #GSocket. Some protocols may not implement 2309 * all the socket types. 2310 * 2311 * Since: 2.22 2312 */ 2313 public enum GSocketType 2314 { 2315 /** 2316 * Type unknown or wrong 2317 */ 2318 INVALID = 0, 2319 /** 2320 * Reliable connection-based byte streams (e.g. TCP). 2321 */ 2322 STREAM = 1, 2323 /** 2324 * Connectionless, unreliable datagram passing. 2325 * (e.g. UDP) 2326 */ 2327 DATAGRAM = 2, 2328 /** 2329 * Reliable connection-based passing of datagrams 2330 * of fixed maximum length (e.g. SCTP). 2331 */ 2332 SEQPACKET = 3, 2333 } 2334 alias GSocketType SocketType; 2335 2336 /** 2337 * Flags to define the behaviour of a #GSubprocess. 2338 * 2339 * Note that the default for stdin is to redirect from `/dev/null`. For 2340 * stdout and stderr the default are for them to inherit the 2341 * corresponding descriptor from the calling process. 2342 * 2343 * Note that it is a programmer error to mix 'incompatible' flags. For 2344 * example, you may not request both %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_PIPE and 2345 * %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_SILENCE. 2346 * 2347 * Since: 2.40 2348 */ 2349 public enum GSubprocessFlags 2350 { 2351 /** 2352 * No flags. 2353 */ 2354 NONE = 0, 2355 /** 2356 * create a pipe for the stdin of the 2357 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2358 * g_subprocess_get_stdin_pipe(). 2359 */ 2360 STDIN_PIPE = 1, 2361 /** 2362 * stdin is inherited from the 2363 * calling process. 2364 */ 2365 STDIN_INHERIT = 2, 2366 /** 2367 * create a pipe for the stdout of the 2368 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2369 * g_subprocess_get_stdout_pipe(). 2370 */ 2371 STDOUT_PIPE = 4, 2372 /** 2373 * silence the stdout of the spawned 2374 * process (ie: redirect to `/dev/null`). 2375 */ 2376 STDOUT_SILENCE = 8, 2377 /** 2378 * create a pipe for the stderr of the 2379 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2380 * g_subprocess_get_stderr_pipe(). 2381 */ 2382 STDERR_PIPE = 16, 2383 /** 2384 * silence the stderr of the spawned 2385 * process (ie: redirect to `/dev/null`). 2386 */ 2387 STDERR_SILENCE = 32, 2388 /** 2389 * merge the stderr of the spawned 2390 * process with whatever the stdout happens to be. This is a good way 2391 * of directing both streams to a common log file, for example. 2392 */ 2393 STDERR_MERGE = 64, 2394 /** 2395 * spawned processes will inherit the 2396 * file descriptors of their parent, unless those descriptors have 2397 * been explicitly marked as close-on-exec. This flag has no effect 2398 * over the "standard" file descriptors (stdin, stdout, stderr). 2399 */ 2400 INHERIT_FDS = 128, 2401 } 2402 alias GSubprocessFlags SubprocessFlags; 2403 2404 /** 2405 * Flags to define future #GTestDBus behaviour. 2406 * 2407 * Since: 2.34 2408 */ 2409 public enum GTestDBusFlags 2410 { 2411 /** 2412 * No flags. 2413 */ 2414 NONE = 0, 2415 } 2416 alias GTestDBusFlags TestDBusFlags; 2417 2418 /** 2419 * The client authentication mode for a #GTlsServerConnection. 2420 * 2421 * Since: 2.28 2422 */ 2423 public enum GTlsAuthenticationMode 2424 { 2425 /** 2426 * client authentication not required 2427 */ 2428 NONE = 0, 2429 /** 2430 * client authentication is requested 2431 */ 2432 REQUESTED = 1, 2433 /** 2434 * client authentication is required 2435 */ 2436 REQUIRED = 2, 2437 } 2438 alias GTlsAuthenticationMode TlsAuthenticationMode; 2439 2440 /** 2441 * A set of flags describing TLS certification validation. This can be 2442 * used to set which validation steps to perform (eg, with 2443 * g_tls_client_connection_set_validation_flags()), or to describe why 2444 * a particular certificate was rejected (eg, in 2445 * #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate). 2446 * 2447 * Since: 2.28 2448 */ 2449 public enum GTlsCertificateFlags 2450 { 2451 /** 2452 * The signing certificate authority is 2453 * not known. 2454 */ 2455 UNKNOWN_CA = 1, 2456 /** 2457 * The certificate does not match the 2458 * expected identity of the site that it was retrieved from. 2459 */ 2460 BAD_IDENTITY = 2, 2461 /** 2462 * The certificate's activation time 2463 * is still in the future 2464 */ 2465 NOT_ACTIVATED = 4, 2466 /** 2467 * The certificate has expired 2468 */ 2469 EXPIRED = 8, 2470 /** 2471 * The certificate has been revoked 2472 * according to the #GTlsConnection's certificate revocation list. 2473 */ 2474 REVOKED = 16, 2475 /** 2476 * The certificate's algorithm is 2477 * considered insecure. 2478 */ 2479 INSECURE = 32, 2480 /** 2481 * Some other error occurred validating 2482 * the certificate 2483 */ 2484 GENERIC_ERROR = 64, 2485 /** 2486 * the combination of all of the above 2487 * flags 2488 */ 2489 VALIDATE_ALL = 127, 2490 } 2491 alias GTlsCertificateFlags TlsCertificateFlags; 2492 2493 /** 2494 * Flags for g_tls_interaction_request_certificate(), 2495 * g_tls_interaction_request_certificate_async(), and 2496 * g_tls_interaction_invoke_request_certificate(). 2497 * 2498 * Since: 2.40 2499 */ 2500 public enum GTlsCertificateRequestFlags 2501 { 2502 /** 2503 * No flags 2504 */ 2505 NONE = 0, 2506 } 2507 alias GTlsCertificateRequestFlags TlsCertificateRequestFlags; 2508 2509 /** 2510 * Flags for g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle(), 2511 * g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer(), 2512 * and g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by(). 2513 * 2514 * Since: 2.30 2515 */ 2516 public enum GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags 2517 { 2518 /** 2519 * No lookup flags 2520 */ 2521 NONE = 0, 2522 /** 2523 * Restrict lookup to certificates that have 2524 * a private key. 2525 */ 2526 KEYPAIR = 1, 2527 } 2528 alias GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags TlsDatabaseLookupFlags; 2529 2530 /** 2531 * Flags for g_tls_database_verify_chain(). 2532 * 2533 * Since: 2.30 2534 */ 2535 public enum GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags 2536 { 2537 /** 2538 * No verification flags 2539 */ 2540 NONE = 0, 2541 } 2542 alias GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags TlsDatabaseVerifyFlags; 2543 2544 /** 2545 * An error code used with %G_TLS_ERROR in a #GError returned from a 2546 * TLS-related routine. 2547 * 2548 * Since: 2.28 2549 */ 2550 public enum GTlsError 2551 { 2552 /** 2553 * No TLS provider is available 2554 */ 2555 UNAVAILABLE = 0, 2556 /** 2557 * Miscellaneous TLS error 2558 */ 2559 MISC = 1, 2560 /** 2561 * The certificate presented could not 2562 * be parsed or failed validation. 2563 */ 2564 BAD_CERTIFICATE = 2, 2565 /** 2566 * The TLS handshake failed because the 2567 * peer does not seem to be a TLS server. 2568 */ 2569 NOT_TLS = 3, 2570 /** 2571 * The TLS handshake failed because the 2572 * peer's certificate was not acceptable. 2573 */ 2574 HANDSHAKE = 4, 2575 /** 2576 * The TLS handshake failed because 2577 * the server requested a client-side certificate, but none was 2578 * provided. See g_tls_connection_set_certificate(). 2579 */ 2580 CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED = 5, 2581 /** 2582 * The TLS connection was closed without proper 2583 * notice, which may indicate an attack. See 2584 * g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify(). 2585 */ 2586 EOF = 6, 2587 /** 2588 * The TLS handshake failed 2589 * because the client sent the fallback SCSV, indicating a protocol 2590 * downgrade attack. Since: 2.60 2591 */ 2592 INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK = 7, 2593 } 2594 alias GTlsError TlsError; 2595 2596 /** 2597 * #GTlsInteractionResult is returned by various functions in #GTlsInteraction 2598 * when finishing an interaction request. 2599 * 2600 * Since: 2.30 2601 */ 2602 public enum GTlsInteractionResult 2603 { 2604 /** 2605 * The interaction was unhandled (i.e. not 2606 * implemented). 2607 */ 2608 UNHANDLED = 0, 2609 /** 2610 * The interaction completed, and resulting data 2611 * is available. 2612 */ 2613 HANDLED = 1, 2614 /** 2615 * The interaction has failed, or was cancelled. 2616 * and the operation should be aborted. 2617 */ 2618 FAILED = 2, 2619 } 2620 alias GTlsInteractionResult TlsInteractionResult; 2621 2622 /** 2623 * Various flags for the password. 2624 * 2625 * Since: 2.30 2626 */ 2627 public enum GTlsPasswordFlags 2628 { 2629 /** 2630 * No flags 2631 */ 2632 NONE = 0, 2633 /** 2634 * The password was wrong, and the user should retry. 2635 */ 2636 RETRY = 2, 2637 /** 2638 * Hint to the user that the password has been 2639 * wrong many times, and the user may not have many chances left. 2640 */ 2641 MANY_TRIES = 4, 2642 /** 2643 * Hint to the user that this is the last try to get 2644 * this password right. 2645 */ 2646 FINAL_TRY = 8, 2647 } 2648 alias GTlsPasswordFlags TlsPasswordFlags; 2649 2650 /** 2651 * When to allow rehandshaking. See 2652 * g_tls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode(). 2653 * 2654 * Deprecated: Changing the rehandshake mode is no longer 2655 * required for compatibility. Also, rehandshaking has been removed 2656 * from the TLS protocol in TLS 1.3. 2657 * 2658 * Since: 2.28 2659 */ 2660 public enum GTlsRehandshakeMode 2661 { 2662 /** 2663 * Never allow rehandshaking 2664 */ 2665 NEVER = 0, 2666 /** 2667 * Allow safe rehandshaking only 2668 */ 2669 SAFELY = 1, 2670 /** 2671 * Allow unsafe rehandshaking 2672 */ 2673 UNSAFELY = 2, 2674 } 2675 alias GTlsRehandshakeMode TlsRehandshakeMode; 2676 2677 /** 2678 * The type of name used by a #GUnixSocketAddress. 2679 * %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_PATH indicates a traditional unix domain 2680 * socket bound to a filesystem path. %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ANONYMOUS 2681 * indicates a socket not bound to any name (eg, a client-side socket, 2682 * or a socket created with socketpair()). 2683 * 2684 * For abstract sockets, there are two incompatible ways of naming 2685 * them; the man pages suggest using the entire `struct sockaddr_un` 2686 * as the name, padding the unused parts of the %sun_path field with 2687 * zeroes; this corresponds to %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED. 2688 * However, many programs instead just use a portion of %sun_path, and 2689 * pass an appropriate smaller length to bind() or connect(). This is 2690 * %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT. 2691 * 2692 * Since: 2.26 2693 */ 2694 public enum GUnixSocketAddressType 2695 { 2696 /** 2697 * invalid 2698 */ 2699 INVALID = 0, 2700 /** 2701 * anonymous 2702 */ 2703 ANONYMOUS = 1, 2704 /** 2705 * a filesystem path 2706 */ 2707 PATH = 2, 2708 /** 2709 * an abstract name 2710 */ 2711 ABSTRACT = 3, 2712 /** 2713 * an abstract name, 0-padded 2714 * to the full length of a unix socket name 2715 */ 2716 ABSTRACT_PADDED = 4, 2717 } 2718 alias GUnixSocketAddressType UnixSocketAddressType; 2719 2720 /** 2721 * Used to select the type of data format to use for #GZlibDecompressor 2722 * and #GZlibCompressor. 2723 * 2724 * Since: 2.24 2725 */ 2726 public enum GZlibCompressorFormat 2727 { 2728 /** 2729 * deflate compression with zlib header 2730 */ 2731 ZLIB = 0, 2732 /** 2733 * gzip file format 2734 */ 2735 GZIP = 1, 2736 /** 2737 * deflate compression with no header 2738 */ 2739 RAW = 2, 2740 } 2741 alias GZlibCompressorFormat ZlibCompressorFormat; 2742 2743 struct GAction; 2744 2745 /** 2746 * This struct defines a single action. It is for use with 2747 * g_action_map_add_action_entries(). 2748 * 2749 * The order of the items in the structure are intended to reflect 2750 * frequency of use. It is permissible to use an incomplete initialiser 2751 * in order to leave some of the later values as %NULL. All values 2752 * after @name are optional. Additional optional fields may be added in 2753 * the future. 2754 * 2755 * See g_action_map_add_action_entries() for an example. 2756 */ 2757 struct GActionEntry 2758 { 2759 /** 2760 * the name of the action 2761 */ 2762 const(char)* name; 2763 /** */ 2764 extern(C) void function(GSimpleAction* action, GVariant* parameter, void* userData) activate; 2765 /** 2766 * the type of the parameter that must be passed to the 2767 * activate function for this action, given as a single 2768 * GVariant type string (or %NULL for no parameter) 2769 */ 2770 const(char)* parameterType; 2771 /** 2772 * the initial state for this action, given in 2773 * [GVariant text format][gvariant-text]. The state is parsed 2774 * with no extra type information, so type tags must be added to 2775 * the string if they are necessary. Stateless actions should 2776 * give %NULL here. 2777 */ 2778 const(char)* state; 2779 /** */ 2780 extern(C) void function(GSimpleAction* action, GVariant* value, void* userData) changeState; 2781 size_t[3] padding; 2782 } 2783 2784 struct GActionGroup; 2785 2786 /** 2787 * The virtual function table for #GActionGroup. 2788 * 2789 * Since: 2.28 2790 */ 2791 struct GActionGroupInterface 2792 { 2793 GTypeInterface gIface; 2794 /** 2795 * 2796 * Params: 2797 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2798 * actionName = the name of the action to check for 2799 * Returns: whether the named action exists 2800 */ 2801 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) hasAction; 2802 /** 2803 * 2804 * Params: 2805 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2806 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of the names of the 2807 * actions in the group 2808 */ 2809 extern(C) char** function(GActionGroup* actionGroup) listActions; 2810 /** 2811 * 2812 * Params: 2813 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2814 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2815 * Returns: whether or not the action is currently enabled 2816 */ 2817 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionEnabled; 2818 /** 2819 * 2820 * Params: 2821 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2822 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2823 * Returns: the parameter type 2824 */ 2825 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionParameterType; 2826 /** 2827 * 2828 * Params: 2829 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2830 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2831 * Returns: the state type, if the action is stateful 2832 */ 2833 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionStateType; 2834 /** 2835 * 2836 * Params: 2837 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2838 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2839 * Returns: the state range hint 2840 */ 2841 extern(C) GVariant* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionStateHint; 2842 /** 2843 * 2844 * Params: 2845 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2846 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2847 * Returns: the current state of the action 2848 */ 2849 extern(C) GVariant* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionState; 2850 /** */ 2851 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* value) changeActionState; 2852 /** */ 2853 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* parameter) activateAction; 2854 /** */ 2855 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) actionAdded; 2856 /** */ 2857 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) actionRemoved; 2858 /** */ 2859 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, int enabled) actionEnabledChanged; 2860 /** */ 2861 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* state) actionStateChanged; 2862 /** 2863 * 2864 * Params: 2865 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2866 * actionName = the name of an action in the group 2867 * enabled = if the action is presently enabled 2868 * parameterType = the parameter type, or %NULL if none needed 2869 * stateType = the state type, or %NULL if stateless 2870 * stateHint = the state hint, or %NULL if none 2871 * state = the current state, or %NULL if stateless 2872 * Returns: %TRUE if the action exists, else %FALSE 2873 */ 2874 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, int* enabled, GVariantType** parameterType, GVariantType** stateType, GVariant** stateHint, GVariant** state) queryAction; 2875 } 2876 2877 /** 2878 * The virtual function table for #GAction. 2879 * 2880 * Since: 2.28 2881 */ 2882 struct GActionInterface 2883 { 2884 GTypeInterface gIface; 2885 /** 2886 * 2887 * Params: 2888 * action = a #GAction 2889 * Returns: the name of the action 2890 */ 2891 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAction* action) getName; 2892 /** 2893 * 2894 * Params: 2895 * action = a #GAction 2896 * Returns: the parameter type 2897 */ 2898 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GAction* action) getParameterType; 2899 /** 2900 * 2901 * Params: 2902 * action = a #GAction 2903 * Returns: the state type, if the action is stateful 2904 */ 2905 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GAction* action) getStateType; 2906 /** 2907 * 2908 * Params: 2909 * action = a #GAction 2910 * Returns: the state range hint 2911 */ 2912 extern(C) GVariant* function(GAction* action) getStateHint; 2913 /** 2914 * 2915 * Params: 2916 * action = a #GAction 2917 * Returns: whether the action is enabled 2918 */ 2919 extern(C) int function(GAction* action) getEnabled; 2920 /** 2921 * 2922 * Params: 2923 * action = a #GAction 2924 * Returns: the current state of the action 2925 */ 2926 extern(C) GVariant* function(GAction* action) getState; 2927 /** */ 2928 extern(C) void function(GAction* action, GVariant* value) changeState; 2929 /** */ 2930 extern(C) void function(GAction* action, GVariant* parameter) activate; 2931 } 2932 2933 struct GActionMap; 2934 2935 /** 2936 * The virtual function table for #GActionMap. 2937 * 2938 * Since: 2.32 2939 */ 2940 struct GActionMapInterface 2941 { 2942 GTypeInterface gIface; 2943 /** 2944 * 2945 * Params: 2946 * actionMap = a #GActionMap 2947 * actionName = the name of an action 2948 * Returns: a #GAction, or %NULL 2949 */ 2950 extern(C) GAction* function(GActionMap* actionMap, const(char)* actionName) lookupAction; 2951 /** */ 2952 extern(C) void function(GActionMap* actionMap, GAction* action) addAction; 2953 /** */ 2954 extern(C) void function(GActionMap* actionMap, const(char)* actionName) removeAction; 2955 } 2956 2957 struct GAppInfo; 2958 2959 /** 2960 * Application Information interface, for operating system portability. 2961 */ 2962 struct GAppInfoIface 2963 { 2964 /** 2965 * The parent interface. 2966 */ 2967 GTypeInterface gIface; 2968 /** 2969 * 2970 * Params: 2971 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2972 * Returns: a duplicate of @appinfo. 2973 */ 2974 extern(C) GAppInfo* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) dup; 2975 /** 2976 * 2977 * Params: 2978 * appinfo1 = the first #GAppInfo. 2979 * appinfo2 = the second #GAppInfo. 2980 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo1 is equal to @appinfo2. %FALSE otherwise. 2981 */ 2982 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo1, GAppInfo* appinfo2) equal; 2983 /** 2984 * 2985 * Params: 2986 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2987 * Returns: a string containing the application's ID. 2988 */ 2989 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getId; 2990 /** 2991 * 2992 * Params: 2993 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2994 * Returns: the name of the application for @appinfo. 2995 */ 2996 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getName; 2997 /** 2998 * 2999 * Params: 3000 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3001 * Returns: a string containing a description of the 3002 * application @appinfo, or %NULL if none. 3003 */ 3004 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getDescription; 3005 /** */ 3006 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getExecutable; 3007 /** 3008 * 3009 * Params: 3010 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3011 * Returns: the default #GIcon for @appinfo or %NULL 3012 * if there is no default icon. 3013 */ 3014 extern(C) GIcon* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getIcon; 3015 /** 3016 * 3017 * Params: 3018 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3019 * files = a #GList of #GFile objects 3020 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL 3021 * Returns: %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. 3022 * 3023 * Throws: GException on failure. 3024 */ 3025 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GList* files, GAppLaunchContext* context, GError** err) launch; 3026 /** 3027 * 3028 * Params: 3029 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3030 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo supports URIs. 3031 */ 3032 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) supportsUris; 3033 /** 3034 * 3035 * Params: 3036 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3037 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo supports files. 3038 */ 3039 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) supportsFiles; 3040 /** 3041 * 3042 * Params: 3043 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3044 * uris = a #GList containing URIs to launch. 3045 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL 3046 * Returns: %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. 3047 * 3048 * Throws: GException on failure. 3049 */ 3050 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GList* uris, GAppLaunchContext* context, GError** err) launchUris; 3051 /** 3052 * 3053 * Params: 3054 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3055 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo should be shown, %FALSE otherwise. 3056 */ 3057 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) shouldShow; 3058 /** 3059 * 3060 * Params: 3061 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3062 * contentType = the content type. 3063 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3064 * 3065 * Throws: GException on failure. 3066 */ 3067 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) setAsDefaultForType; 3068 /** 3069 * 3070 * Params: 3071 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3072 * extension = a string containing the file extension 3073 * (without the dot). 3074 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3075 * 3076 * Throws: GException on failure. 3077 */ 3078 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, char* extension, GError** err) setAsDefaultForExtension; 3079 /** 3080 * 3081 * Params: 3082 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3083 * contentType = a string. 3084 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3085 * 3086 * Throws: GException on failure. 3087 */ 3088 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) addSupportsType; 3089 /** 3090 * 3091 * Params: 3092 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3093 * Returns: %TRUE if it is possible to remove supported 3094 * content types from a given @appinfo, %FALSE if not. 3095 */ 3096 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) canRemoveSupportsType; 3097 /** 3098 * 3099 * Params: 3100 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3101 * contentType = a string. 3102 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3103 * 3104 * Throws: GException on failure. 3105 */ 3106 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) removeSupportsType; 3107 /** 3108 * 3109 * Params: 3110 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3111 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted 3112 */ 3113 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) canDelete; 3114 /** 3115 * 3116 * Params: 3117 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3118 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted 3119 */ 3120 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) doDelete; 3121 /** */ 3122 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getCommandline; 3123 /** 3124 * 3125 * Params: 3126 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3127 * Returns: the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if 3128 * no display name is available. 3129 */ 3130 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getDisplayName; 3131 /** 3132 * 3133 * Params: 3134 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3135 * contentType = the content type. 3136 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3137 * 3138 * Throws: GException on failure. 3139 */ 3140 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) setAsLastUsedForType; 3141 /** 3142 * 3143 * Params: 3144 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo that can handle files 3145 * Returns: a list of content types. 3146 */ 3147 extern(C) char** function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getSupportedTypes; 3148 /** */ 3149 extern(C) void function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GList* uris, GAppLaunchContext* context, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) launchUrisAsync; 3150 /** 3151 * 3152 * Params: 3153 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 3154 * result = a #GAsyncResult 3155 * Returns: %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. 3156 * 3157 * Throws: GException on failure. 3158 */ 3159 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) launchUrisFinish; 3160 } 3161 3162 struct GAppInfoMonitor; 3163 3164 struct GAppLaunchContext 3165 { 3166 GObject parentInstance; 3167 GAppLaunchContextPrivate* priv; 3168 } 3169 3170 struct GAppLaunchContextClass 3171 { 3172 GObjectClass parentClass; 3173 /** 3174 * 3175 * Params: 3176 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext 3177 * info = a #GAppInfo 3178 * files = a #GList of #GFile objects 3179 * Returns: a display string for the display. 3180 */ 3181 extern(C) char* function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GList* files) getDisplay; 3182 /** 3183 * 3184 * Params: 3185 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext 3186 * info = a #GAppInfo 3187 * files = a #GList of of #GFile objects 3188 * Returns: a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if 3189 * not supported. 3190 */ 3191 extern(C) char* function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GList* files) getStartupNotifyId; 3192 /** */ 3193 extern(C) void function(GAppLaunchContext* context, const(char)* startupNotifyId) launchFailed; 3194 /** */ 3195 extern(C) void function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GVariant* platformData) launched; 3196 /** */ 3197 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3198 /** */ 3199 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3200 /** */ 3201 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3202 /** */ 3203 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3204 } 3205 3206 struct GAppLaunchContextPrivate; 3207 3208 struct GApplication 3209 { 3210 GObject parentInstance; 3211 GApplicationPrivate* priv; 3212 } 3213 3214 /** 3215 * Virtual function table for #GApplication. 3216 * 3217 * Since: 2.28 3218 */ 3219 struct GApplicationClass 3220 { 3221 GObjectClass parentClass; 3222 /** */ 3223 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) startup; 3224 /** */ 3225 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) activate; 3226 /** */ 3227 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GFile** files, int nFiles, const(char)* hint) open; 3228 /** */ 3229 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GApplicationCommandLine* commandLine) commandLine; 3230 /** 3231 * 3232 * Params: 3233 * application = a #GApplication 3234 * arguments = array of command line arguments 3235 * exitStatus = exit status to fill after processing the command line. 3236 * Returns: %TRUE if the commandline has been completely handled 3237 */ 3238 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, char*** arguments, int* exitStatus) localCommandLine; 3239 /** */ 3240 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariant* platformData) beforeEmit; 3241 /** */ 3242 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariant* platformData) afterEmit; 3243 /** */ 3244 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariantBuilder* builder) addPlatformData; 3245 /** */ 3246 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) quitMainloop; 3247 /** */ 3248 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) runMainloop; 3249 /** */ 3250 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) shutdown; 3251 /** */ 3252 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* objectPath, GError** err) dbusRegister; 3253 /** */ 3254 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* objectPath) dbusUnregister; 3255 /** */ 3256 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GVariantDict* options) handleLocalOptions; 3257 /** */ 3258 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application) nameLost; 3259 void*[7] padding; 3260 } 3261 3262 struct GApplicationCommandLine 3263 { 3264 GObject parentInstance; 3265 GApplicationCommandLinePrivate* priv; 3266 } 3267 3268 /** 3269 * The #GApplicationCommandLineClass-struct 3270 * contains private data only. 3271 * 3272 * Since: 2.28 3273 */ 3274 struct GApplicationCommandLineClass 3275 { 3276 GObjectClass parentClass; 3277 /** */ 3278 extern(C) void function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline, const(char)* message) printLiteral; 3279 /** */ 3280 extern(C) void function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline, const(char)* message) printerrLiteral; 3281 /** 3282 * 3283 * Params: 3284 * cmdline = a #GApplicationCommandLine 3285 * Returns: a #GInputStream for stdin 3286 */ 3287 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline) getStdin; 3288 void*[11] padding; 3289 } 3290 3291 struct GApplicationCommandLinePrivate; 3292 3293 struct GApplicationPrivate; 3294 3295 struct GAsyncInitable; 3296 3297 /** 3298 * Provides an interface for asynchronous initializing object such that 3299 * initialization may fail. 3300 * 3301 * Since: 2.22 3302 */ 3303 struct GAsyncInitableIface 3304 { 3305 /** 3306 * The parent interface. 3307 */ 3308 GTypeInterface gIface; 3309 /** */ 3310 extern(C) void function(GAsyncInitable* initable, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) initAsync; 3311 /** 3312 * 3313 * Params: 3314 * initable = a #GAsyncInitable. 3315 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 3316 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function 3317 * will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. 3318 * 3319 * Throws: GException on failure. 3320 */ 3321 extern(C) int function(GAsyncInitable* initable, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) initFinish; 3322 } 3323 3324 struct GAsyncResult; 3325 3326 /** 3327 * Interface definition for #GAsyncResult. 3328 */ 3329 struct GAsyncResultIface 3330 { 3331 /** 3332 * The parent interface. 3333 */ 3334 GTypeInterface gIface; 3335 /** 3336 * 3337 * Params: 3338 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 3339 * Returns: the user data for @res. 3340 */ 3341 extern(C) void* function(GAsyncResult* res) getUserData; 3342 /** 3343 * 3344 * Params: 3345 * res = a #GAsyncResult 3346 * Returns: a new reference to the source 3347 * object for the @res, or %NULL if there is none. 3348 */ 3349 extern(C) GObject* function(GAsyncResult* res) getSourceObject; 3350 /** 3351 * 3352 * Params: 3353 * res = a #GAsyncResult 3354 * sourceTag = an application-defined tag 3355 * Returns: %TRUE if @res has the indicated @source_tag, %FALSE if 3356 * not. 3357 */ 3358 extern(C) int function(GAsyncResult* res, void* sourceTag) isTagged; 3359 } 3360 3361 struct GBufferedInputStream 3362 { 3363 GFilterInputStream parentInstance; 3364 GBufferedInputStreamPrivate* priv; 3365 } 3366 3367 struct GBufferedInputStreamClass 3368 { 3369 GFilterInputStreamClass parentClass; 3370 /** 3371 * 3372 * Params: 3373 * stream = a #GBufferedInputStream 3374 * count = the number of bytes that will be read from the stream 3375 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore 3376 * Returns: the number of bytes read into @stream's buffer, up to @count, 3377 * or -1 on error. 3378 * 3379 * Throws: GException on failure. 3380 */ 3381 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, ptrdiff_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) fill; 3382 /** */ 3383 extern(C) void function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, ptrdiff_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) fillAsync; 3384 /** 3385 * 3386 * Params: 3387 * stream = a #GBufferedInputStream 3388 * result = a #GAsyncResult 3389 * Returns: a #gssize of the read stream, or `-1` on an error. 3390 * 3391 * Throws: GException on failure. 3392 */ 3393 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) fillFinish; 3394 /** */ 3395 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3396 /** */ 3397 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3398 /** */ 3399 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3400 /** */ 3401 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3402 /** */ 3403 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3404 } 3405 3406 struct GBufferedInputStreamPrivate; 3407 3408 struct GBufferedOutputStream 3409 { 3410 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 3411 GBufferedOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 3412 } 3413 3414 struct GBufferedOutputStreamClass 3415 { 3416 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 3417 /** */ 3418 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3419 /** */ 3420 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3421 } 3422 3423 struct GBufferedOutputStreamPrivate; 3424 3425 struct GBytesIcon; 3426 3427 struct GCancellable 3428 { 3429 GObject parentInstance; 3430 GCancellablePrivate* priv; 3431 } 3432 3433 struct GCancellableClass 3434 { 3435 GObjectClass parentClass; 3436 /** */ 3437 extern(C) void function(GCancellable* cancellable) cancelled; 3438 /** */ 3439 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3440 /** */ 3441 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3442 /** */ 3443 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3444 /** */ 3445 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3446 /** */ 3447 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3448 } 3449 3450 struct GCancellablePrivate; 3451 3452 struct GCharsetConverter; 3453 3454 struct GCharsetConverterClass 3455 { 3456 GObjectClass parentClass; 3457 } 3458 3459 struct GConverter; 3460 3461 /** 3462 * Provides an interface for converting data from one type 3463 * to another type. The conversion can be stateful 3464 * and may fail at any place. 3465 * 3466 * Since: 2.24 3467 */ 3468 struct GConverterIface 3469 { 3470 /** 3471 * The parent interface. 3472 */ 3473 GTypeInterface gIface; 3474 /** 3475 * 3476 * Params: 3477 * converter = a #GConverter. 3478 * inbuf = the buffer 3479 * containing the data to convert. 3480 * inbufSize = the number of bytes in @inbuf 3481 * outbuf = a buffer to write 3482 * converted data in. 3483 * outbufSize = the number of bytes in @outbuf, must be at least one 3484 * flags = a #GConverterFlags controlling the conversion details 3485 * bytesRead = will be set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf on success 3486 * bytesWritten = will be set to the number of bytes written to @outbuf on success 3487 * Returns: a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error. 3488 * 3489 * Throws: GException on failure. 3490 */ 3491 extern(C) GConverterResult function(GConverter* converter, void* inbuf, size_t inbufSize, void* outbuf, size_t outbufSize, GConverterFlags flags, size_t* bytesRead, size_t* bytesWritten, GError** err) convert; 3492 /** */ 3493 extern(C) void function(GConverter* converter) reset; 3494 } 3495 3496 struct GConverterInputStream 3497 { 3498 GFilterInputStream parentInstance; 3499 GConverterInputStreamPrivate* priv; 3500 } 3501 3502 struct GConverterInputStreamClass 3503 { 3504 GFilterInputStreamClass parentClass; 3505 /** */ 3506 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3507 /** */ 3508 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3509 /** */ 3510 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3511 /** */ 3512 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3513 /** */ 3514 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3515 } 3516 3517 struct GConverterInputStreamPrivate; 3518 3519 struct GConverterOutputStream 3520 { 3521 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 3522 GConverterOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 3523 } 3524 3525 struct GConverterOutputStreamClass 3526 { 3527 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 3528 /** */ 3529 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3530 /** */ 3531 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3532 /** */ 3533 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3534 /** */ 3535 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3536 /** */ 3537 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3538 } 3539 3540 struct GConverterOutputStreamPrivate; 3541 3542 struct GCredentials; 3543 3544 /** 3545 * Class structure for #GCredentials. 3546 * 3547 * Since: 2.26 3548 */ 3549 struct GCredentialsClass; 3550 3551 struct GDBusActionGroup; 3552 3553 struct GDBusAnnotationInfo 3554 { 3555 /** 3556 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3557 */ 3558 int refCount; 3559 /** 3560 * The name of the annotation, e.g. "org.freedesktop.DBus.Deprecated". 3561 */ 3562 char* key; 3563 /** 3564 * The value of the annotation. 3565 */ 3566 char* value; 3567 /** 3568 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3569 */ 3570 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3571 } 3572 3573 struct GDBusArgInfo 3574 { 3575 /** 3576 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3577 */ 3578 int refCount; 3579 /** 3580 * Name of the argument, e.g. @unix_user_id. 3581 */ 3582 char* name; 3583 /** 3584 * D-Bus signature of the argument (a single complete type). 3585 */ 3586 char* signature; 3587 /** 3588 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3589 */ 3590 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3591 } 3592 3593 struct GDBusAuthObserver; 3594 3595 struct GDBusConnection; 3596 3597 /** 3598 * Struct used in g_dbus_error_register_error_domain(). 3599 * 3600 * Since: 2.26 3601 */ 3602 struct GDBusErrorEntry 3603 { 3604 /** 3605 * An error code. 3606 */ 3607 int errorCode; 3608 /** 3609 * The D-Bus error name to associate with @error_code. 3610 */ 3611 const(char)* dbusErrorName; 3612 } 3613 3614 struct GDBusInterface; 3615 3616 /** 3617 * Base type for D-Bus interfaces. 3618 * 3619 * Since: 2.30 3620 */ 3621 struct GDBusInterfaceIface 3622 { 3623 /** 3624 * The parent interface. 3625 */ 3626 GTypeInterface parentIface; 3627 /** 3628 * 3629 * Params: 3630 * interface_ = An exported D-Bus interface. 3631 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Do not free. 3632 */ 3633 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo* function(GDBusInterface* interface_) getInfo; 3634 /** 3635 * 3636 * Params: 3637 * interface_ = An exported D-Bus interface 3638 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned 3639 * reference belongs to @interface_ and should not be freed. 3640 */ 3641 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusInterface* interface_) getObject; 3642 /** */ 3643 extern(C) void function(GDBusInterface* interface_, GDBusObject* object) setObject; 3644 /** 3645 * 3646 * Params: 3647 * interface_ = An exported D-Bus interface. 3648 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned 3649 * reference should be freed with g_object_unref(). 3650 */ 3651 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusInterface* interface_) dupObject; 3652 } 3653 3654 struct GDBusInterfaceInfo 3655 { 3656 /** 3657 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3658 */ 3659 int refCount; 3660 /** 3661 * The name of the D-Bus interface, e.g. "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties". 3662 */ 3663 char* name; 3664 /** 3665 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusMethodInfo structures or %NULL if there are no methods. 3666 */ 3667 GDBusMethodInfo** methods; 3668 /** 3669 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusSignalInfo structures or %NULL if there are no signals. 3670 */ 3671 GDBusSignalInfo** signals; 3672 /** 3673 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusPropertyInfo structures or %NULL if there are no properties. 3674 */ 3675 GDBusPropertyInfo** properties; 3676 /** 3677 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3678 */ 3679 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3680 } 3681 3682 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeleton 3683 { 3684 GObject parentInstance; 3685 GDBusInterfaceSkeletonPrivate* priv; 3686 } 3687 3688 /** 3689 * Class structure for #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3690 * 3691 * Since: 2.30 3692 */ 3693 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeletonClass 3694 { 3695 /** 3696 * The parent class. 3697 */ 3698 GObjectClass parentClass; 3699 /** 3700 * 3701 * Params: 3702 * interface_ = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3703 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceInfo (never %NULL). Do not free. 3704 */ 3705 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_) getInfo; 3706 /** 3707 * 3708 * Params: 3709 * interface_ = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3710 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). 3711 */ 3712 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceVTable* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_) getVtable; 3713 /** 3714 * 3715 * Params: 3716 * interface_ = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3717 * Returns: A #GVariant of type 3718 * ['a{sv}'][G-VARIANT-TYPE-VARDICT:CAPS]. 3719 * Free with g_variant_unref(). 3720 */ 3721 extern(C) GVariant* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_) getProperties; 3722 /** */ 3723 extern(C) void function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_) flush; 3724 void*[8] vfuncPadding; 3725 /** */ 3726 extern(C) int function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation) gAuthorizeMethod; 3727 void*[8] signalPadding; 3728 } 3729 3730 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeletonPrivate; 3731 3732 /** 3733 * Virtual table for handling properties and method calls for a D-Bus 3734 * interface. 3735 * 3736 * Since 2.38, if you want to handle getting/setting D-Bus properties 3737 * asynchronously, give %NULL as your get_property() or set_property() 3738 * function. The D-Bus call will be directed to your @method_call function, 3739 * with the provided @interface_name set to "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties". 3740 * 3741 * Ownership of the #GDBusMethodInvocation object passed to the 3742 * method_call() function is transferred to your handler; you must 3743 * call one of the methods of #GDBusMethodInvocation to return a reply 3744 * (possibly empty), or an error. These functions also take ownership 3745 * of the passed-in invocation object, so unless the invocation 3746 * object has otherwise been referenced, it will be then be freed. 3747 * Calling one of these functions may be done within your 3748 * method_call() implementation but it also can be done at a later 3749 * point to handle the method asynchronously. 3750 * 3751 * The usual checks on the validity of the calls is performed. For 3752 * `Get` calls, an error is automatically returned if the property does 3753 * not exist or the permissions do not allow access. The same checks are 3754 * performed for `Set` calls, and the provided value is also checked for 3755 * being the correct type. 3756 * 3757 * For both `Get` and `Set` calls, the #GDBusMethodInvocation 3758 * passed to the @method_call handler can be queried with 3759 * g_dbus_method_invocation_get_property_info() to get a pointer 3760 * to the #GDBusPropertyInfo of the property. 3761 * 3762 * If you have readable properties specified in your interface info, 3763 * you must ensure that you either provide a non-%NULL @get_property() 3764 * function or provide implementations of both the `Get` and `GetAll` 3765 * methods on org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties interface in your @method_call 3766 * function. Note that the required return type of the `Get` call is 3767 * `(v)`, not the type of the property. `GetAll` expects a return value 3768 * of type `a{sv}`. 3769 * 3770 * If you have writable properties specified in your interface info, 3771 * you must ensure that you either provide a non-%NULL @set_property() 3772 * function or provide an implementation of the `Set` call. If implementing 3773 * the call, you must return the value of type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UNIT. 3774 * 3775 * Since: 2.26 3776 */ 3777 struct GDBusInterfaceVTable 3778 { 3779 /** 3780 * Function for handling incoming method calls. 3781 */ 3782 GDBusInterfaceMethodCallFunc methodCall; 3783 /** 3784 * Function for getting a property. 3785 */ 3786 GDBusInterfaceGetPropertyFunc getProperty; 3787 /** 3788 * Function for setting a property. 3789 */ 3790 GDBusInterfaceSetPropertyFunc setProperty; 3791 void*[8] padding; 3792 } 3793 3794 struct GDBusMenuModel; 3795 3796 struct GDBusMessage; 3797 3798 struct GDBusMethodInfo 3799 { 3800 /** 3801 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3802 */ 3803 int refCount; 3804 /** 3805 * The name of the D-Bus method, e.g. @RequestName. 3806 */ 3807 char* name; 3808 /** 3809 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no in arguments. 3810 */ 3811 GDBusArgInfo** inArgs; 3812 /** 3813 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no out arguments. 3814 */ 3815 GDBusArgInfo** outArgs; 3816 /** 3817 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3818 */ 3819 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3820 } 3821 3822 struct GDBusMethodInvocation; 3823 3824 struct GDBusNodeInfo 3825 { 3826 /** 3827 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3828 */ 3829 int refCount; 3830 /** 3831 * The path of the node or %NULL if omitted. Note that this may be a relative path. See the D-Bus specification for more details. 3832 */ 3833 char* path; 3834 /** 3835 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo structures or %NULL if there are no interfaces. 3836 */ 3837 GDBusInterfaceInfo** interfaces; 3838 /** 3839 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusNodeInfo structures or %NULL if there are no nodes. 3840 */ 3841 GDBusNodeInfo** nodes; 3842 /** 3843 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3844 */ 3845 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3846 } 3847 3848 struct GDBusObject; 3849 3850 /** 3851 * Base object type for D-Bus objects. 3852 * 3853 * Since: 2.30 3854 */ 3855 struct GDBusObjectIface 3856 { 3857 /** 3858 * The parent interface. 3859 */ 3860 GTypeInterface parentIface; 3861 /** 3862 * 3863 * Params: 3864 * object = A #GDBusObject. 3865 * Returns: A string owned by @object. Do not free. 3866 */ 3867 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDBusObject* object) getObjectPath; 3868 /** 3869 * 3870 * Params: 3871 * object = A #GDBusObject. 3872 * Returns: A list of #GDBusInterface instances. 3873 * The returned list must be freed by g_list_free() after each element has been freed 3874 * with g_object_unref(). 3875 */ 3876 extern(C) GList* function(GDBusObject* object) getInterfaces; 3877 /** 3878 * 3879 * Params: 3880 * object = A #GDBusObject. 3881 * interfaceName = A D-Bus interface name. 3882 * Returns: %NULL if not found, otherwise a 3883 * #GDBusInterface that must be freed with g_object_unref(). 3884 */ 3885 extern(C) GDBusInterface* function(GDBusObject* object, const(char)* interfaceName) getInterface; 3886 /** */ 3887 extern(C) void function(GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* interface_) interfaceAdded; 3888 /** */ 3889 extern(C) void function(GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* interface_) interfaceRemoved; 3890 } 3891 3892 struct GDBusObjectManager; 3893 3894 struct GDBusObjectManagerClient 3895 { 3896 GObject parentInstance; 3897 GDBusObjectManagerClientPrivate* priv; 3898 } 3899 3900 /** 3901 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 3902 * 3903 * Since: 2.30 3904 */ 3905 struct GDBusObjectManagerClientClass 3906 { 3907 /** 3908 * The parent class. 3909 */ 3910 GObjectClass parentClass; 3911 /** */ 3912 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, GDBusObjectProxy* objectProxy, GDBusProxy* interfaceProxy, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters) interfaceProxySignal; 3913 /** */ 3914 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, GDBusObjectProxy* objectProxy, GDBusProxy* interfaceProxy, GVariant* changedProperties, const(char)* invalidatedProperties) interfaceProxyPropertiesChanged; 3915 void*[8] padding; 3916 } 3917 3918 struct GDBusObjectManagerClientPrivate; 3919 3920 /** 3921 * Base type for D-Bus object managers. 3922 * 3923 * Since: 2.30 3924 */ 3925 struct GDBusObjectManagerIface 3926 { 3927 /** 3928 * The parent interface. 3929 */ 3930 GTypeInterface parentIface; 3931 /** 3932 * 3933 * Params: 3934 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3935 * Returns: A string owned by @manager. Do not free. 3936 */ 3937 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager) getObjectPath; 3938 /** 3939 * 3940 * Params: 3941 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3942 * Returns: A list of 3943 * #GDBusObject objects. The returned list should be freed with 3944 * g_list_free() after each element has been freed with 3945 * g_object_unref(). 3946 */ 3947 extern(C) GList* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager) getObjects; 3948 /** 3949 * 3950 * Params: 3951 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3952 * objectPath = Object path to look up. 3953 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Free with 3954 * g_object_unref(). 3955 */ 3956 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, const(char)* objectPath) getObject; 3957 /** 3958 * 3959 * Params: 3960 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3961 * objectPath = Object path to look up. 3962 * interfaceName = D-Bus interface name to look up. 3963 * Returns: A #GDBusInterface instance or %NULL. Free 3964 * with g_object_unref(). 3965 */ 3966 extern(C) GDBusInterface* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName) getInterface; 3967 /** */ 3968 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object) objectAdded; 3969 /** */ 3970 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object) objectRemoved; 3971 /** */ 3972 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* interface_) interfaceAdded; 3973 /** */ 3974 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* interface_) interfaceRemoved; 3975 } 3976 3977 struct GDBusObjectManagerServer 3978 { 3979 GObject parentInstance; 3980 GDBusObjectManagerServerPrivate* priv; 3981 } 3982 3983 /** 3984 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerServer. 3985 * 3986 * Since: 2.30 3987 */ 3988 struct GDBusObjectManagerServerClass 3989 { 3990 /** 3991 * The parent class. 3992 */ 3993 GObjectClass parentClass; 3994 void*[8] padding; 3995 } 3996 3997 struct GDBusObjectManagerServerPrivate; 3998 3999 struct GDBusObjectProxy 4000 { 4001 GObject parentInstance; 4002 GDBusObjectProxyPrivate* priv; 4003 } 4004 4005 /** 4006 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectProxy. 4007 * 4008 * Since: 2.30 4009 */ 4010 struct GDBusObjectProxyClass 4011 { 4012 /** 4013 * The parent class. 4014 */ 4015 GObjectClass parentClass; 4016 void*[8] padding; 4017 } 4018 4019 struct GDBusObjectProxyPrivate; 4020 4021 struct GDBusObjectSkeleton 4022 { 4023 GObject parentInstance; 4024 GDBusObjectSkeletonPrivate* priv; 4025 } 4026 4027 /** 4028 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectSkeleton. 4029 * 4030 * Since: 2.30 4031 */ 4032 struct GDBusObjectSkeletonClass 4033 { 4034 /** 4035 * The parent class. 4036 */ 4037 GObjectClass parentClass; 4038 /** */ 4039 extern(C) int function(GDBusObjectSkeleton* object, GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* interface_, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation) authorizeMethod; 4040 void*[8] padding; 4041 } 4042 4043 struct GDBusObjectSkeletonPrivate; 4044 4045 struct GDBusPropertyInfo 4046 { 4047 /** 4048 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 4049 */ 4050 int refCount; 4051 /** 4052 * The name of the D-Bus property, e.g. "SupportedFilesystems". 4053 */ 4054 char* name; 4055 /** 4056 * The D-Bus signature of the property (a single complete type). 4057 */ 4058 char* signature; 4059 /** 4060 * Access control flags for the property. 4061 */ 4062 GDBusPropertyInfoFlags flags; 4063 /** 4064 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 4065 */ 4066 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 4067 } 4068 4069 struct GDBusProxy 4070 { 4071 GObject parentInstance; 4072 GDBusProxyPrivate* priv; 4073 } 4074 4075 /** 4076 * Class structure for #GDBusProxy. 4077 * 4078 * Since: 2.26 4079 */ 4080 struct GDBusProxyClass 4081 { 4082 GObjectClass parentClass; 4083 /** */ 4084 extern(C) void function(GDBusProxy* proxy, GVariant* changedProperties, const(char)* invalidatedProperties) gPropertiesChanged; 4085 /** */ 4086 extern(C) void function(GDBusProxy* proxy, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters) gSignal; 4087 void*[32] padding; 4088 } 4089 4090 struct GDBusProxyPrivate; 4091 4092 struct GDBusServer; 4093 4094 struct GDBusSignalInfo 4095 { 4096 /** 4097 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 4098 */ 4099 int refCount; 4100 /** 4101 * The name of the D-Bus signal, e.g. "NameOwnerChanged". 4102 */ 4103 char* name; 4104 /** 4105 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no arguments. 4106 */ 4107 GDBusArgInfo** args; 4108 /** 4109 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 4110 */ 4111 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 4112 } 4113 4114 /** 4115 * Virtual table for handling subtrees registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 4116 * 4117 * Since: 2.26 4118 */ 4119 struct GDBusSubtreeVTable 4120 { 4121 /** 4122 * Function for enumerating child nodes. 4123 */ 4124 GDBusSubtreeEnumerateFunc enumerate; 4125 /** 4126 * Function for introspecting a child node. 4127 */ 4128 GDBusSubtreeIntrospectFunc introspect; 4129 /** 4130 * Function for dispatching a remote call on a child node. 4131 */ 4132 GDBusSubtreeDispatchFunc dispatch; 4133 void*[8] padding; 4134 } 4135 4136 struct GDataInputStream 4137 { 4138 GBufferedInputStream parentInstance; 4139 GDataInputStreamPrivate* priv; 4140 } 4141 4142 struct GDataInputStreamClass 4143 { 4144 GBufferedInputStreamClass parentClass; 4145 /** */ 4146 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4147 /** */ 4148 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4149 /** */ 4150 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4151 /** */ 4152 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4153 /** */ 4154 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4155 } 4156 4157 struct GDataInputStreamPrivate; 4158 4159 struct GDataOutputStream 4160 { 4161 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 4162 GDataOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 4163 } 4164 4165 struct GDataOutputStreamClass 4166 { 4167 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 4168 /** */ 4169 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4170 /** */ 4171 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4172 /** */ 4173 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4174 /** */ 4175 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4176 /** */ 4177 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4178 } 4179 4180 struct GDataOutputStreamPrivate; 4181 4182 struct GDatagramBased; 4183 4184 /** 4185 * Provides an interface for socket-like objects which have datagram semantics, 4186 * following the Berkeley sockets API. The interface methods are thin wrappers 4187 * around the corresponding virtual methods, and no pre-processing of inputs is 4188 * implemented — so implementations of this API must handle all functionality 4189 * documented in the interface methods. 4190 * 4191 * Since: 2.48 4192 */ 4193 struct GDatagramBasedInterface 4194 { 4195 /** 4196 * The parent interface. 4197 */ 4198 GTypeInterface gIface; 4199 /** 4200 * 4201 * Params: 4202 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4203 * messages = an array of #GInputMessage structs 4204 * numMessages = the number of elements in @messages 4205 * flags = an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags for the overall operation 4206 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4207 * to block indefinitely 4208 * cancellable = a %GCancellable 4209 * Returns: number of messages received, or -1 on error. Note that the number 4210 * of messages received may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is 4211 * zero or positive, if the peer closed the connection, or if @num_messages 4212 * was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in which case the caller may re-try 4213 * to receive the remaining messages. 4214 * 4215 * Throws: GException on failure. 4216 */ 4217 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GInputMessage* messages, uint numMessages, int flags, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) receiveMessages; 4218 /** 4219 * 4220 * Params: 4221 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4222 * messages = an array of #GOutputMessage structs 4223 * numMessages = the number of elements in @messages 4224 * flags = an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags 4225 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4226 * to block indefinitely 4227 * cancellable = a %GCancellable 4228 * Returns: number of messages sent, or -1 on error. Note that the number of 4229 * messages sent may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is zero 4230 * or positive, or if @num_messages was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in 4231 * which case the caller may re-try to send the remaining messages. 4232 * 4233 * Throws: GException on failure. 4234 */ 4235 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GOutputMessage* messages, uint numMessages, int flags, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) sendMessages; 4236 /** 4237 * 4238 * Params: 4239 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4240 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to monitor 4241 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 4242 * Returns: a newly allocated #GSource 4243 */ 4244 extern(C) GSource* function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 4245 /** 4246 * 4247 * Params: 4248 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4249 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to check 4250 * Returns: the #GIOCondition mask of the current state 4251 */ 4252 extern(C) GIOCondition function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition) conditionCheck; 4253 /** 4254 * 4255 * Params: 4256 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4257 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to wait for 4258 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4259 * to block indefinitely 4260 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 4261 * Returns: %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise 4262 * 4263 * Throws: GException on failure. 4264 */ 4265 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) conditionWait; 4266 } 4267 4268 struct GDesktopAppInfo; 4269 4270 struct GDesktopAppInfoClass 4271 { 4272 GObjectClass parentClass; 4273 } 4274 4275 struct GDesktopAppInfoLookup; 4276 4277 /** 4278 * Interface that is used by backends to associate default 4279 * handlers with URI schemes. 4280 */ 4281 struct GDesktopAppInfoLookupIface 4282 { 4283 GTypeInterface gIface; 4284 /** 4285 * 4286 * Params: 4287 * lookup = a #GDesktopAppInfoLookup 4288 * uriScheme = a string containing a URI scheme. 4289 * Returns: #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. 4290 */ 4291 extern(C) GAppInfo* function(GDesktopAppInfoLookup* lookup, const(char)* uriScheme) getDefaultForUriScheme; 4292 } 4293 4294 struct GDrive; 4295 4296 /** 4297 * Interface for creating #GDrive implementations. 4298 */ 4299 struct GDriveIface 4300 { 4301 /** 4302 * The parent interface. 4303 */ 4304 GTypeInterface gIface; 4305 /** */ 4306 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) changed; 4307 /** */ 4308 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) disconnected; 4309 /** */ 4310 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) ejectButton; 4311 /** 4312 * 4313 * Params: 4314 * drive = a #GDrive. 4315 * Returns: a string containing @drive's name. The returned 4316 * string should be freed when no longer needed. 4317 */ 4318 extern(C) char* function(GDrive* drive) getName; 4319 /** 4320 * 4321 * Params: 4322 * drive = a #GDrive. 4323 * Returns: #GIcon for the @drive. 4324 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4325 */ 4326 extern(C) GIcon* function(GDrive* drive) getIcon; 4327 /** 4328 * 4329 * Params: 4330 * drive = a #GDrive. 4331 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive contains volumes, %FALSE otherwise. 4332 */ 4333 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) hasVolumes; 4334 /** 4335 * 4336 * Params: 4337 * drive = a #GDrive. 4338 * Returns: #GList containing any #GVolume objects on the given @drive. 4339 */ 4340 extern(C) GList* function(GDrive* drive) getVolumes; 4341 /** 4342 * 4343 * Params: 4344 * drive = a #GDrive. 4345 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive supports removable media, %FALSE otherwise. 4346 */ 4347 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isMediaRemovable; 4348 /** 4349 * 4350 * Params: 4351 * drive = a #GDrive. 4352 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive has media, %FALSE otherwise. 4353 */ 4354 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) hasMedia; 4355 /** 4356 * 4357 * Params: 4358 * drive = a #GDrive. 4359 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive is capabable of automatically detecting 4360 * media changes, %FALSE otherwise. 4361 */ 4362 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isMediaCheckAutomatic; 4363 /** 4364 * 4365 * Params: 4366 * drive = a #GDrive. 4367 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be ejected, %FALSE otherwise. 4368 */ 4369 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canEject; 4370 /** 4371 * 4372 * Params: 4373 * drive = a #GDrive. 4374 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be polled for media changes, 4375 * %FALSE otherwise. 4376 */ 4377 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canPollForMedia; 4378 /** */ 4379 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 4380 /** 4381 * 4382 * Params: 4383 * drive = a #GDrive. 4384 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4385 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully, 4386 * %FALSE otherwise. 4387 * 4388 * Throws: GException on failure. 4389 */ 4390 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 4391 /** */ 4392 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) pollForMedia; 4393 /** 4394 * 4395 * Params: 4396 * drive = a #GDrive. 4397 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4398 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been poll_for_mediaed successfully, 4399 * %FALSE otherwise. 4400 * 4401 * Throws: GException on failure. 4402 */ 4403 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) pollForMediaFinish; 4404 /** 4405 * 4406 * Params: 4407 * drive = a #GDrive 4408 * kind = the kind of identifier to return 4409 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 4410 * requested identifier, or %NULL if the #GDrive 4411 * doesn't have this kind of identifier. 4412 */ 4413 extern(C) char* function(GDrive* drive, const(char)* kind) getIdentifier; 4414 /** 4415 * 4416 * Params: 4417 * drive = a #GDrive 4418 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated 4419 * array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() 4420 * to free. 4421 */ 4422 extern(C) char** function(GDrive* drive) enumerateIdentifiers; 4423 /** 4424 * 4425 * Params: 4426 * drive = a #GDrive. 4427 * Returns: A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration. 4428 */ 4429 extern(C) GDriveStartStopType function(GDrive* drive) getStartStopType; 4430 /** 4431 * 4432 * Params: 4433 * drive = a #GDrive. 4434 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise. 4435 */ 4436 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStart; 4437 /** 4438 * 4439 * Params: 4440 * drive = a #GDrive. 4441 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise. 4442 */ 4443 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStartDegraded; 4444 /** */ 4445 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GDriveStartFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) start; 4446 /** 4447 * 4448 * Params: 4449 * drive = a #GDrive. 4450 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4451 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully, 4452 * %FALSE otherwise. 4453 * 4454 * Throws: GException on failure. 4455 */ 4456 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) startFinish; 4457 /** 4458 * 4459 * Params: 4460 * drive = a #GDrive. 4461 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise. 4462 */ 4463 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStop; 4464 /** */ 4465 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) stop; 4466 /** 4467 * 4468 * Params: 4469 * drive = a #GDrive. 4470 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4471 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully, 4472 * %FALSE otherwise. 4473 * 4474 * Throws: GException on failure. 4475 */ 4476 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) stopFinish; 4477 /** */ 4478 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) stopButton; 4479 /** */ 4480 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 4481 /** 4482 * 4483 * Params: 4484 * drive = a #GDrive. 4485 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4486 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 4487 * 4488 * Throws: GException on failure. 4489 */ 4490 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 4491 /** 4492 * 4493 * Params: 4494 * drive = A #GDrive. 4495 * Returns: Sorting key for @drive or %NULL if no such key is available. 4496 */ 4497 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDrive* drive) getSortKey; 4498 /** 4499 * 4500 * Params: 4501 * drive = a #GDrive. 4502 * Returns: symbolic #GIcon for the @drive. 4503 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4504 */ 4505 extern(C) GIcon* function(GDrive* drive) getSymbolicIcon; 4506 /** 4507 * 4508 * Params: 4509 * drive = a #GDrive. 4510 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive and/or its media is considered removable, %FALSE otherwise. 4511 */ 4512 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isRemovable; 4513 } 4514 4515 struct GDtlsClientConnection; 4516 4517 /** 4518 * vtable for a #GDtlsClientConnection implementation. 4519 * 4520 * Since: 2.48 4521 */ 4522 struct GDtlsClientConnectionInterface 4523 { 4524 /** 4525 * The parent interface. 4526 */ 4527 GTypeInterface gIface; 4528 } 4529 4530 struct GDtlsConnection; 4531 4532 /** 4533 * Virtual method table for a #GDtlsConnection implementation. 4534 * 4535 * Since: 2.48 4536 */ 4537 struct GDtlsConnectionInterface 4538 { 4539 /** 4540 * The parent interface. 4541 */ 4542 GTypeInterface gIface; 4543 /** */ 4544 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificate* peerCert, GTlsCertificateFlags errors) acceptCertificate; 4545 /** 4546 * 4547 * Params: 4548 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4549 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 4550 * Returns: success or failure 4551 * 4552 * Throws: GException on failure. 4553 */ 4554 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) handshake; 4555 /** */ 4556 extern(C) void function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) handshakeAsync; 4557 /** 4558 * 4559 * Params: 4560 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4561 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4562 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 4563 * case @error will be set. 4564 * 4565 * Throws: GException on failure. 4566 */ 4567 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) handshakeFinish; 4568 /** 4569 * 4570 * Params: 4571 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4572 * shutdownRead = %TRUE to stop reception of incoming datagrams 4573 * shutdownWrite = %TRUE to stop sending outgoing datagrams 4574 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 4575 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise 4576 * 4577 * Throws: GException on failure. 4578 */ 4579 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int shutdownRead, int shutdownWrite, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) shutdown; 4580 /** */ 4581 extern(C) void function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int shutdownRead, int shutdownWrite, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) shutdownAsync; 4582 /** 4583 * 4584 * Params: 4585 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4586 * result = a #GAsyncResult 4587 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 4588 * case @error will be set 4589 * 4590 * Throws: GException on failure. 4591 */ 4592 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) shutdownFinish; 4593 /** */ 4594 extern(C) void function(GDtlsConnection* conn, char** protocols) setAdvertisedProtocols; 4595 /** 4596 * 4597 * Params: 4598 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4599 * Returns: the negotiated protocol, or %NULL 4600 */ 4601 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDtlsConnection* conn) getNegotiatedProtocol; 4602 } 4603 4604 struct GDtlsServerConnection; 4605 4606 /** 4607 * vtable for a #GDtlsServerConnection implementation. 4608 * 4609 * Since: 2.48 4610 */ 4611 struct GDtlsServerConnectionInterface 4612 { 4613 /** 4614 * The parent interface. 4615 */ 4616 GTypeInterface gIface; 4617 } 4618 4619 struct GEmblem; 4620 4621 struct GEmblemClass; 4622 4623 struct GEmblemedIcon 4624 { 4625 GObject parentInstance; 4626 GEmblemedIconPrivate* priv; 4627 } 4628 4629 struct GEmblemedIconClass 4630 { 4631 GObjectClass parentClass; 4632 } 4633 4634 struct GEmblemedIconPrivate; 4635 4636 struct GFile; 4637 4638 /** 4639 * Information about a specific attribute. 4640 */ 4641 struct GFileAttributeInfo 4642 { 4643 /** 4644 * the name of the attribute. 4645 */ 4646 char* name; 4647 /** 4648 * the #GFileAttributeType type of the attribute. 4649 */ 4650 GFileAttributeType type; 4651 /** 4652 * a set of #GFileAttributeInfoFlags. 4653 */ 4654 GFileAttributeInfoFlags flags; 4655 } 4656 4657 struct GFileAttributeInfoList 4658 { 4659 /** 4660 * an array of #GFileAttributeInfos. 4661 */ 4662 GFileAttributeInfo* infos; 4663 /** 4664 * the number of values in the array. 4665 */ 4666 int nInfos; 4667 } 4668 4669 struct GFileAttributeMatcher; 4670 4671 struct GFileDescriptorBased; 4672 4673 /** 4674 * An interface for file descriptor based io objects. 4675 */ 4676 struct GFileDescriptorBasedIface 4677 { 4678 /** 4679 * The parent interface. 4680 */ 4681 GTypeInterface gIface; 4682 /** 4683 * 4684 * Params: 4685 * fdBased = a #GFileDescriptorBased. 4686 * Returns: The file descriptor 4687 */ 4688 extern(C) int function(GFileDescriptorBased* fdBased) getFd; 4689 } 4690 4691 struct GFileEnumerator 4692 { 4693 GObject parentInstance; 4694 GFileEnumeratorPrivate* priv; 4695 } 4696 4697 struct GFileEnumeratorClass 4698 { 4699 GObjectClass parentClass; 4700 /** 4701 * 4702 * Params: 4703 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4704 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 4705 * Returns: A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error 4706 * or end of enumerator. Free the returned object with 4707 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 4708 * 4709 * Throws: GException on failure. 4710 */ 4711 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) nextFile; 4712 /** */ 4713 extern(C) int function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 4714 /** */ 4715 extern(C) void function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, int numFiles, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) nextFilesAsync; 4716 /** 4717 * 4718 * Params: 4719 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4720 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4721 * Returns: a #GList of #GFileInfos. You must free the list with 4722 * g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're 4723 * done with them. 4724 * 4725 * Throws: GException on failure. 4726 */ 4727 extern(C) GList* function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) nextFilesFinish; 4728 /** */ 4729 extern(C) void function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 4730 /** 4731 * 4732 * Params: 4733 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4734 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4735 * Returns: %TRUE if the close operation has finished successfully. 4736 * 4737 * Throws: GException on failure. 4738 */ 4739 extern(C) int function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 4740 /** */ 4741 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4742 /** */ 4743 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4744 /** */ 4745 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4746 /** */ 4747 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4748 /** */ 4749 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4750 /** */ 4751 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 4752 /** */ 4753 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 4754 } 4755 4756 struct GFileEnumeratorPrivate; 4757 4758 struct GFileIOStream 4759 { 4760 GIOStream parentInstance; 4761 GFileIOStreamPrivate* priv; 4762 } 4763 4764 struct GFileIOStreamClass 4765 { 4766 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 4767 /** */ 4768 extern(C) long function(GFileIOStream* stream) tell; 4769 /** */ 4770 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream) canSeek; 4771 /** */ 4772 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 4773 /** */ 4774 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream) canTruncate; 4775 /** */ 4776 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream, long size, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 4777 /** 4778 * 4779 * Params: 4780 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 4781 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 4782 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 4783 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. 4784 * 4785 * Throws: GException on failure. 4786 */ 4787 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileIOStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 4788 /** */ 4789 extern(C) void function(GFileIOStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 4790 /** 4791 * 4792 * Params: 4793 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 4794 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4795 * Returns: A #GFileInfo for the finished query. 4796 * 4797 * Throws: GException on failure. 4798 */ 4799 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileIOStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 4800 /** 4801 * 4802 * Params: 4803 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 4804 * Returns: the entity tag for the stream. 4805 */ 4806 extern(C) char* function(GFileIOStream* stream) getEtag; 4807 /** */ 4808 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4809 /** */ 4810 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4811 /** */ 4812 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4813 /** */ 4814 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4815 /** */ 4816 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4817 } 4818 4819 struct GFileIOStreamPrivate; 4820 4821 struct GFileIcon; 4822 4823 struct GFileIconClass; 4824 4825 /** 4826 * An interface for writing VFS file handles. 4827 */ 4828 struct GFileIface 4829 { 4830 /** 4831 * The parent interface. 4832 */ 4833 GTypeInterface gIface; 4834 /** 4835 * 4836 * Params: 4837 * file = input #GFile 4838 * Returns: a new #GFile that is a duplicate 4839 * of the given #GFile. 4840 */ 4841 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file) dup; 4842 /** 4843 * 4844 * Params: 4845 * file = #gconstpointer to a #GFile 4846 * Returns: 0 if @file is not a valid #GFile, otherwise an 4847 * integer that can be used as hash value for the #GFile. 4848 * This function is intended for easily hashing a #GFile to 4849 * add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure. 4850 */ 4851 extern(C) uint function(GFile* file) hash; 4852 /** 4853 * 4854 * Params: 4855 * file1 = the first #GFile 4856 * file2 = the second #GFile 4857 * Returns: %TRUE if @file1 and @file2 are equal. 4858 */ 4859 extern(C) int function(GFile* file1, GFile* file2) equal; 4860 /** 4861 * 4862 * Params: 4863 * file = input #GFile 4864 * Returns: %TRUE if @file is native 4865 */ 4866 extern(C) int function(GFile* file) isNative; 4867 /** 4868 * 4869 * Params: 4870 * file = input #GFile 4871 * uriScheme = a string containing a URI scheme 4872 * Returns: %TRUE if #GFile's backend supports the 4873 * given URI scheme, %FALSE if URI scheme is %NULL, 4874 * not supported, or #GFile is invalid. 4875 */ 4876 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, const(char)* uriScheme) hasUriScheme; 4877 /** 4878 * 4879 * Params: 4880 * file = input #GFile 4881 * Returns: a string containing the URI scheme for the given 4882 * #GFile. The returned string should be freed with g_free() 4883 * when no longer needed. 4884 */ 4885 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getUriScheme; 4886 /** */ 4887 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getBasename; 4888 /** */ 4889 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getPath; 4890 /** 4891 * 4892 * Params: 4893 * file = input #GFile 4894 * Returns: a string containing the #GFile's URI. 4895 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 4896 * when no longer needed. 4897 */ 4898 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getUri; 4899 /** 4900 * 4901 * Params: 4902 * file = input #GFile 4903 * Returns: a string containing the #GFile's parse name. 4904 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 4905 * when no longer needed. 4906 */ 4907 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getParseName; 4908 /** 4909 * 4910 * Params: 4911 * file = input #GFile 4912 * Returns: a #GFile structure to the 4913 * parent of the given #GFile or %NULL if there is no parent. Free 4914 * the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4915 */ 4916 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file) getParent; 4917 /** 4918 * 4919 * Params: 4920 * prefix = input #GFile 4921 * file = input #GFile 4922 * Returns: %TRUE if the @file's parent, grandparent, etc is @prefix, 4923 * %FALSE otherwise. 4924 */ 4925 extern(C) int function(GFile* prefix, GFile* file) prefixMatches; 4926 /** */ 4927 extern(C) char* function(GFile* parent, GFile* descendant) getRelativePath; 4928 /** 4929 * 4930 * Params: 4931 * file = input #GFile 4932 * relativePath = a given relative path string 4933 * Returns: #GFile to the resolved path. 4934 * %NULL if @relative_path is %NULL or if @file is invalid. 4935 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4936 */ 4937 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, char* relativePath) resolveRelativePath; 4938 /** 4939 * 4940 * Params: 4941 * file = input #GFile 4942 * displayName = string to a possible child 4943 * Returns: a #GFile to the specified child, or 4944 * %NULL if the display name couldn't be converted. 4945 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4946 * 4947 * Throws: GException on failure. 4948 */ 4949 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, GError** err) getChildForDisplayName; 4950 /** 4951 * 4952 * Params: 4953 * file = input #GFile 4954 * attributes = an attribute query string 4955 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 4956 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4957 * %NULL to ignore 4958 * Returns: A #GFileEnumerator if successful, 4959 * %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4960 * 4961 * Throws: GException on failure. 4962 */ 4963 extern(C) GFileEnumerator* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) enumerateChildren; 4964 /** */ 4965 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) enumerateChildrenAsync; 4966 /** 4967 * 4968 * Params: 4969 * file = input #GFile 4970 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4971 * Returns: a #GFileEnumerator or %NULL 4972 * if an error occurred. 4973 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4974 * 4975 * Throws: GException on failure. 4976 */ 4977 extern(C) GFileEnumerator* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) enumerateChildrenFinish; 4978 /** 4979 * 4980 * Params: 4981 * file = input #GFile 4982 * attributes = an attribute query string 4983 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 4984 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4985 * %NULL to ignore 4986 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the given @file, or %NULL 4987 * on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4988 * 4989 * Throws: GException on failure. 4990 */ 4991 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 4992 /** */ 4993 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 4994 /** 4995 * 4996 * Params: 4997 * file = input #GFile 4998 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4999 * Returns: #GFileInfo for given @file 5000 * or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with 5001 * g_object_unref(). 5002 * 5003 * Throws: GException on failure. 5004 */ 5005 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 5006 /** 5007 * 5008 * Params: 5009 * file = input #GFile 5010 * attributes = an attribute query string 5011 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5012 * %NULL to ignore 5013 * Returns: a #GFileInfo or %NULL if there was an error. 5014 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5015 * 5016 * Throws: GException on failure. 5017 */ 5018 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryFilesystemInfo; 5019 /** */ 5020 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryFilesystemInfoAsync; 5021 /** 5022 * 5023 * Params: 5024 * file = input #GFile 5025 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5026 * Returns: #GFileInfo for given @file 5027 * or %NULL on error. 5028 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5029 * 5030 * Throws: GException on failure. 5031 */ 5032 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) queryFilesystemInfoFinish; 5033 /** 5034 * 5035 * Params: 5036 * file = input #GFile 5037 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5038 * %NULL to ignore 5039 * Returns: a #GMount where the @file is located 5040 * or %NULL on error. 5041 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5042 * 5043 * Throws: GException on failure. 5044 */ 5045 extern(C) GMount* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) findEnclosingMount; 5046 /** */ 5047 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) findEnclosingMountAsync; 5048 /** 5049 * 5050 * Params: 5051 * file = a #GFile 5052 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5053 * Returns: #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error. 5054 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5055 * 5056 * Throws: GException on failure. 5057 */ 5058 extern(C) GMount* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) findEnclosingMountFinish; 5059 /** 5060 * 5061 * Params: 5062 * file = input #GFile 5063 * displayName = a string 5064 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5065 * %NULL to ignore 5066 * Returns: a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, 5067 * or %NULL if there was an error. 5068 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5069 * 5070 * Throws: GException on failure. 5071 */ 5072 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setDisplayName; 5073 /** */ 5074 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) setDisplayNameAsync; 5075 /** 5076 * 5077 * Params: 5078 * file = input #GFile 5079 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5080 * Returns: a #GFile or %NULL on error. 5081 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5082 * 5083 * Throws: GException on failure. 5084 */ 5085 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) setDisplayNameFinish; 5086 /** 5087 * 5088 * Params: 5089 * file = input #GFile 5090 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5091 * %NULL to ignore 5092 * Returns: a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes. 5093 * When you are done with it, release it with 5094 * g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() 5095 * 5096 * Throws: GException on failure. 5097 */ 5098 extern(C) GFileAttributeInfoList* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) querySettableAttributes; 5099 /** */ 5100 extern(C) void function() QuerySettableAttributesAsync; 5101 /** */ 5102 extern(C) void function() QuerySettableAttributesFinish; 5103 /** 5104 * 5105 * Params: 5106 * file = input #GFile 5107 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5108 * %NULL to ignore 5109 * Returns: a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces. 5110 * When you are done with it, release it with 5111 * g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() 5112 * 5113 * Throws: GException on failure. 5114 */ 5115 extern(C) GFileAttributeInfoList* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryWritableNamespaces; 5116 /** */ 5117 extern(C) void function() QueryWritableNamespacesAsync; 5118 /** */ 5119 extern(C) void function() QueryWritableNamespacesFinish; 5120 /** 5121 * 5122 * Params: 5123 * file = input #GFile 5124 * attribute = a string containing the attribute's name 5125 * type = The type of the attribute 5126 * valueP = a pointer to the value (or the pointer 5127 * itself if the type is a pointer type) 5128 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 5129 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5130 * %NULL to ignore 5131 * Returns: %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise. 5132 * 5133 * Throws: GException on failure. 5134 */ 5135 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, const(char)* attribute, GFileAttributeType type, void* valueP, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setAttribute; 5136 /** 5137 * 5138 * Params: 5139 * file = input #GFile 5140 * info = a #GFileInfo 5141 * flags = #GFileQueryInfoFlags 5142 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5143 * %NULL to ignore 5144 * Returns: %FALSE if there was any error, %TRUE otherwise. 5145 * 5146 * Throws: GException on failure. 5147 */ 5148 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setAttributesFromInfo; 5149 /** */ 5150 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) setAttributesAsync; 5151 /** 5152 * 5153 * Params: 5154 * file = input #GFile 5155 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5156 * info = a #GFileInfo 5157 * Returns: %TRUE if the attributes were set correctly, %FALSE otherwise. 5158 * 5159 * Throws: GException on failure. 5160 */ 5161 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GFileInfo** info, GError** err) setAttributesFinish; 5162 /** 5163 * 5164 * Params: 5165 * file = #GFile to read 5166 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 5167 * Returns: #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. 5168 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5169 * 5170 * Throws: GException on failure. 5171 */ 5172 extern(C) GFileInputStream* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) readFn; 5173 /** */ 5174 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) readAsync; 5175 /** 5176 * 5177 * Params: 5178 * file = input #GFile 5179 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5180 * Returns: a #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. 5181 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5182 * 5183 * Throws: GException on failure. 5184 */ 5185 extern(C) GFileInputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) readFinish; 5186 /** 5187 * 5188 * Params: 5189 * file = input #GFile 5190 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5191 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5192 * %NULL to ignore 5193 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. 5194 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5195 * 5196 * Throws: GException on failure. 5197 */ 5198 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) appendTo; 5199 /** */ 5200 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) appendToAsync; 5201 /** 5202 * 5203 * Params: 5204 * file = input #GFile 5205 * res = #GAsyncResult 5206 * Returns: a valid #GFileOutputStream 5207 * or %NULL on error. 5208 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5209 * 5210 * Throws: GException on failure. 5211 */ 5212 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) appendToFinish; 5213 /** 5214 * 5215 * Params: 5216 * file = input #GFile 5217 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5218 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5219 * %NULL to ignore 5220 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream for the newly created 5221 * file, or %NULL on error. 5222 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5223 * 5224 * Throws: GException on failure. 5225 */ 5226 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) create; 5227 /** */ 5228 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) createAsync; 5229 /** 5230 * 5231 * Params: 5232 * file = input #GFile 5233 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5234 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. 5235 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5236 * 5237 * Throws: GException on failure. 5238 */ 5239 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) createFinish; 5240 /** 5241 * 5242 * Params: 5243 * file = input #GFile 5244 * etag = an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] 5245 * for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore 5246 * makeBackup = %TRUE if a backup should be created 5247 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5248 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5249 * %NULL to ignore 5250 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. 5251 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5252 * 5253 * Throws: GException on failure. 5254 */ 5255 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) replace; 5256 /** */ 5257 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) replaceAsync; 5258 /** 5259 * 5260 * Params: 5261 * file = input #GFile 5262 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5263 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. 5264 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5265 * 5266 * Throws: GException on failure. 5267 */ 5268 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) replaceFinish; 5269 /** 5270 * 5271 * Params: 5272 * file = input #GFile 5273 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5274 * %NULL to ignore 5275 * Returns: %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. 5276 * 5277 * Throws: GException on failure. 5278 */ 5279 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) deleteFile; 5280 /** */ 5281 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) deleteFileAsync; 5282 /** 5283 * 5284 * Params: 5285 * file = input #GFile 5286 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5287 * Returns: %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. 5288 * 5289 * Throws: GException on failure. 5290 */ 5291 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) deleteFileFinish; 5292 /** 5293 * 5294 * Params: 5295 * file = #GFile to send to trash 5296 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5297 * %NULL to ignore 5298 * Returns: %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. 5299 * 5300 * Throws: GException on failure. 5301 */ 5302 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) trash; 5303 /** */ 5304 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) trashAsync; 5305 /** 5306 * 5307 * Params: 5308 * file = input #GFile 5309 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5310 * Returns: %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. 5311 * 5312 * Throws: GException on failure. 5313 */ 5314 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) trashFinish; 5315 /** 5316 * 5317 * Params: 5318 * file = input #GFile 5319 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5320 * %NULL to ignore 5321 * Returns: %TRUE on successful creation, %FALSE otherwise. 5322 * 5323 * Throws: GException on failure. 5324 */ 5325 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) makeDirectory; 5326 /** */ 5327 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) makeDirectoryAsync; 5328 /** 5329 * 5330 * Params: 5331 * file = input #GFile 5332 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5333 * Returns: %TRUE on successful directory creation, %FALSE otherwise. 5334 * 5335 * Throws: GException on failure. 5336 */ 5337 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) makeDirectoryFinish; 5338 /** 5339 * 5340 * Params: 5341 * file = a #GFile with the name of the symlink to create 5342 * symlinkValue = a string with the path for the target 5343 * of the new symlink 5344 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5345 * %NULL to ignore 5346 * Returns: %TRUE on the creation of a new symlink, %FALSE otherwise. 5347 * 5348 * Throws: GException on failure. 5349 */ 5350 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, char* symlinkValue, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) makeSymbolicLink; 5351 /** */ 5352 extern(C) void function() MakeSymbolicLinkAsync; 5353 /** */ 5354 extern(C) void function() MakeSymbolicLinkFinish; 5355 /** 5356 * 5357 * Params: 5358 * source = input #GFile 5359 * destination = destination #GFile 5360 * flags = set of #GFileCopyFlags 5361 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5362 * %NULL to ignore 5363 * progressCallback = function to callback with 5364 * progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed 5365 * progressCallbackData = user data to pass to @progress_callback 5366 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. 5367 * 5368 * Throws: GException on failure. 5369 */ 5370 extern(C) int function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GError** err) copy; 5371 /** */ 5372 extern(C) void function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) copyAsync; 5373 /** 5374 * 5375 * Params: 5376 * file = input #GFile 5377 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5378 * Returns: a %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 5379 * 5380 * Throws: GException on failure. 5381 */ 5382 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) copyFinish; 5383 /** 5384 * 5385 * Params: 5386 * source = #GFile pointing to the source location 5387 * destination = #GFile pointing to the destination location 5388 * flags = set of #GFileCopyFlags 5389 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5390 * %NULL to ignore 5391 * progressCallback = #GFileProgressCallback 5392 * function for updates 5393 * progressCallbackData = gpointer to user data for 5394 * the callback function 5395 * Returns: %TRUE on successful move, %FALSE otherwise. 5396 * 5397 * Throws: GException on failure. 5398 */ 5399 extern(C) int function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GError** err) move; 5400 /** */ 5401 extern(C) void function() MoveAsync; 5402 /** */ 5403 extern(C) void function() MoveFinish; 5404 /** */ 5405 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountMountable; 5406 /** 5407 * 5408 * Params: 5409 * file = input #GFile 5410 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5411 * Returns: a #GFile or %NULL on error. 5412 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5413 * 5414 * Throws: GException on failure. 5415 */ 5416 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountMountableFinish; 5417 /** */ 5418 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountMountable; 5419 /** 5420 * 5421 * Params: 5422 * file = input #GFile 5423 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5424 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5425 * %FALSE otherwise. 5426 * 5427 * Throws: GException on failure. 5428 */ 5429 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountMountableFinish; 5430 /** */ 5431 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectMountable; 5432 /** 5433 * 5434 * Params: 5435 * file = input #GFile 5436 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5437 * Returns: %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. 5438 * %FALSE otherwise. 5439 * 5440 * Throws: GException on failure. 5441 */ 5442 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectMountableFinish; 5443 /** */ 5444 extern(C) void function(GFile* location, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountEnclosingVolume; 5445 /** 5446 * 5447 * Params: 5448 * location = input #GFile 5449 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5450 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, 5451 * this function will return %FALSE and set @error 5452 * appropriately if present. 5453 * 5454 * Throws: GException on failure. 5455 */ 5456 extern(C) int function(GFile* location, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountEnclosingVolumeFinish; 5457 /** 5458 * 5459 * Params: 5460 * file = input #GFile 5461 * flags = a set of #GFileMonitorFlags 5462 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5463 * %NULL to ignore 5464 * Returns: a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, 5465 * or %NULL on error. 5466 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5467 * 5468 * Throws: GException on failure. 5469 */ 5470 extern(C) GFileMonitor* function(GFile* file, GFileMonitorFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) monitorDir; 5471 /** 5472 * 5473 * Params: 5474 * file = input #GFile 5475 * flags = a set of #GFileMonitorFlags 5476 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5477 * %NULL to ignore 5478 * Returns: a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, 5479 * or %NULL on error. 5480 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5481 * 5482 * Throws: GException on failure. 5483 */ 5484 extern(C) GFileMonitor* function(GFile* file, GFileMonitorFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) monitorFile; 5485 /** 5486 * 5487 * Params: 5488 * file = #GFile to open 5489 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 5490 * Returns: #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5491 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5492 * 5493 * Throws: GException on failure. 5494 */ 5495 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) openReadwrite; 5496 /** */ 5497 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) openReadwriteAsync; 5498 /** 5499 * 5500 * Params: 5501 * file = input #GFile 5502 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5503 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5504 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5505 * 5506 * Throws: GException on failure. 5507 */ 5508 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) openReadwriteFinish; 5509 /** 5510 * 5511 * Params: 5512 * file = a #GFile 5513 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5514 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5515 * %NULL to ignore 5516 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream for the newly created 5517 * file, or %NULL on error. 5518 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5519 * 5520 * Throws: GException on failure. 5521 */ 5522 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) createReadwrite; 5523 /** */ 5524 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) createReadwriteAsync; 5525 /** 5526 * 5527 * Params: 5528 * file = input #GFile 5529 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5530 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5531 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5532 * 5533 * Throws: GException on failure. 5534 */ 5535 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) createReadwriteFinish; 5536 /** 5537 * 5538 * Params: 5539 * file = a #GFile 5540 * etag = an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] 5541 * for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore 5542 * makeBackup = %TRUE if a backup should be created 5543 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5544 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5545 * %NULL to ignore 5546 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5547 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5548 * 5549 * Throws: GException on failure. 5550 */ 5551 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) replaceReadwrite; 5552 /** */ 5553 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) replaceReadwriteAsync; 5554 /** 5555 * 5556 * Params: 5557 * file = input #GFile 5558 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5559 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error. 5560 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5561 * 5562 * Throws: GException on failure. 5563 */ 5564 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) replaceReadwriteFinish; 5565 /** */ 5566 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GDriveStartFlags flags, GMountOperation* startOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) startMountable; 5567 /** 5568 * 5569 * Params: 5570 * file = input #GFile 5571 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5572 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE 5573 * otherwise. 5574 * 5575 * Throws: GException on failure. 5576 */ 5577 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) startMountableFinish; 5578 /** */ 5579 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) stopMountable; 5580 /** 5581 * 5582 * Params: 5583 * file = input #GFile 5584 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5585 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5586 * %FALSE otherwise. 5587 * 5588 * Throws: GException on failure. 5589 */ 5590 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) stopMountableFinish; 5591 /** 5592 * a boolean that indicates whether the #GFile implementation supports thread-default contexts. Since 2.22. 5593 */ 5594 bool supportsThreadContexts; 5595 /** */ 5596 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountMountableWithOperation; 5597 /** 5598 * 5599 * Params: 5600 * file = input #GFile 5601 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5602 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5603 * %FALSE otherwise. 5604 * 5605 * Throws: GException on failure. 5606 */ 5607 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountMountableWithOperationFinish; 5608 /** */ 5609 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectMountableWithOperation; 5610 /** 5611 * 5612 * Params: 5613 * file = input #GFile 5614 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5615 * Returns: %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. 5616 * %FALSE otherwise. 5617 * 5618 * Throws: GException on failure. 5619 */ 5620 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectMountableWithOperationFinish; 5621 /** */ 5622 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) pollMountable; 5623 /** 5624 * 5625 * Params: 5626 * file = input #GFile 5627 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5628 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE 5629 * otherwise. 5630 * 5631 * Throws: GException on failure. 5632 */ 5633 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) pollMountableFinish; 5634 /** 5635 * 5636 * Params: 5637 * file = a #GFile 5638 * flags = #GFileMeasureFlags 5639 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable 5640 * progressCallback = a #GFileMeasureProgressCallback 5641 * progressData = user_data for @progress_callback 5642 * diskUsage = the number of bytes of disk space used 5643 * numDirs = the number of directories encountered 5644 * numFiles = the number of non-directories encountered 5645 * Returns: %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. 5646 * %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. 5647 * 5648 * Throws: GException on failure. 5649 */ 5650 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GFileMeasureFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileMeasureProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressData, ulong* diskUsage, ulong* numDirs, ulong* numFiles, GError** err) measureDiskUsage; 5651 /** */ 5652 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileMeasureFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileMeasureProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressData, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) measureDiskUsageAsync; 5653 /** 5654 * 5655 * Params: 5656 * file = a #GFile 5657 * result = the #GAsyncResult passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 5658 * diskUsage = the number of bytes of disk space used 5659 * numDirs = the number of directories encountered 5660 * numFiles = the number of non-directories encountered 5661 * Returns: %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. 5662 * %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. 5663 * 5664 * Throws: GException on failure. 5665 */ 5666 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, ulong* diskUsage, ulong* numDirs, ulong* numFiles, GError** err) measureDiskUsageFinish; 5667 } 5668 5669 struct GFileInfo; 5670 5671 struct GFileInfoClass; 5672 5673 struct GFileInputStream 5674 { 5675 GInputStream parentInstance; 5676 GFileInputStreamPrivate* priv; 5677 } 5678 5679 struct GFileInputStreamClass 5680 { 5681 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 5682 /** */ 5683 extern(C) long function(GFileInputStream* stream) tell; 5684 /** */ 5685 extern(C) int function(GFileInputStream* stream) canSeek; 5686 /** */ 5687 extern(C) int function(GFileInputStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 5688 /** 5689 * 5690 * Params: 5691 * stream = a #GFileInputStream. 5692 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 5693 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 5694 * Returns: a #GFileInfo, or %NULL on error. 5695 * 5696 * Throws: GException on failure. 5697 */ 5698 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileInputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 5699 /** */ 5700 extern(C) void function(GFileInputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 5701 /** 5702 * 5703 * Params: 5704 * stream = a #GFileInputStream. 5705 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 5706 * Returns: #GFileInfo. 5707 * 5708 * Throws: GException on failure. 5709 */ 5710 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 5711 /** */ 5712 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5713 /** */ 5714 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5715 /** */ 5716 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5717 /** */ 5718 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5719 /** */ 5720 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5721 } 5722 5723 struct GFileInputStreamPrivate; 5724 5725 struct GFileMonitor 5726 { 5727 GObject parentInstance; 5728 GFileMonitorPrivate* priv; 5729 } 5730 5731 struct GFileMonitorClass 5732 { 5733 GObjectClass parentClass; 5734 /** */ 5735 extern(C) void function(GFileMonitor* monitor, GFile* file, GFile* otherFile, GFileMonitorEvent eventType) changed; 5736 /** 5737 * 5738 * Params: 5739 * monitor = a #GFileMonitor. 5740 * Returns: always %TRUE 5741 */ 5742 extern(C) int function(GFileMonitor* monitor) cancel; 5743 /** */ 5744 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5745 /** */ 5746 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5747 /** */ 5748 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5749 /** */ 5750 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5751 /** */ 5752 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5753 } 5754 5755 struct GFileMonitorPrivate; 5756 5757 struct GFileOutputStream 5758 { 5759 GOutputStream parentInstance; 5760 GFileOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 5761 } 5762 5763 struct GFileOutputStreamClass 5764 { 5765 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 5766 /** */ 5767 extern(C) long function(GFileOutputStream* stream) tell; 5768 /** */ 5769 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream) canSeek; 5770 /** */ 5771 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 5772 /** */ 5773 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream) canTruncate; 5774 /** */ 5775 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream, long size, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 5776 /** 5777 * 5778 * Params: 5779 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 5780 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 5781 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 5782 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. 5783 * 5784 * Throws: GException on failure. 5785 */ 5786 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileOutputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 5787 /** */ 5788 extern(C) void function(GFileOutputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 5789 /** 5790 * 5791 * Params: 5792 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 5793 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 5794 * Returns: A #GFileInfo for the finished query. 5795 * 5796 * Throws: GException on failure. 5797 */ 5798 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 5799 /** 5800 * 5801 * Params: 5802 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 5803 * Returns: the entity tag for the stream. 5804 */ 5805 extern(C) char* function(GFileOutputStream* stream) getEtag; 5806 /** */ 5807 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5808 /** */ 5809 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5810 /** */ 5811 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5812 /** */ 5813 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5814 /** */ 5815 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5816 } 5817 5818 struct GFileOutputStreamPrivate; 5819 5820 struct GFilenameCompleter; 5821 5822 struct GFilenameCompleterClass 5823 { 5824 GObjectClass parentClass; 5825 /** */ 5826 extern(C) void function(GFilenameCompleter* filenameCompleter) gotCompletionData; 5827 /** */ 5828 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5829 /** */ 5830 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5831 /** */ 5832 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5833 } 5834 5835 struct GFilterInputStream 5836 { 5837 GInputStream parentInstance; 5838 GInputStream* baseStream; 5839 } 5840 5841 struct GFilterInputStreamClass 5842 { 5843 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 5844 /** */ 5845 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5846 /** */ 5847 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5848 /** */ 5849 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5850 } 5851 5852 struct GFilterOutputStream 5853 { 5854 GOutputStream parentInstance; 5855 GOutputStream* baseStream; 5856 } 5857 5858 struct GFilterOutputStreamClass 5859 { 5860 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 5861 /** */ 5862 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5863 /** */ 5864 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5865 /** */ 5866 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5867 } 5868 5869 struct GIOExtension; 5870 5871 struct GIOExtensionPoint; 5872 5873 struct GIOModule; 5874 5875 struct GIOModuleClass; 5876 5877 struct GIOModuleScope; 5878 5879 struct GIOSchedulerJob; 5880 5881 struct GIOStream 5882 { 5883 GObject parentInstance; 5884 GIOStreamPrivate* priv; 5885 } 5886 5887 struct GIOStreamAdapter; 5888 5889 struct GIOStreamClass 5890 { 5891 GObjectClass parentClass; 5892 /** 5893 * 5894 * Params: 5895 * stream = a #GIOStream 5896 * Returns: a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. 5897 * Do not free. 5898 */ 5899 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GIOStream* stream) getInputStream; 5900 /** 5901 * 5902 * Params: 5903 * stream = a #GIOStream 5904 * Returns: a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. 5905 * Do not free. 5906 */ 5907 extern(C) GOutputStream* function(GIOStream* stream) getOutputStream; 5908 /** */ 5909 extern(C) int function(GIOStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 5910 /** */ 5911 extern(C) void function(GIOStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 5912 /** 5913 * 5914 * Params: 5915 * stream = a #GIOStream 5916 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5917 * Returns: %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. 5918 * 5919 * Throws: GException on failure. 5920 */ 5921 extern(C) int function(GIOStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 5922 /** */ 5923 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5924 /** */ 5925 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5926 /** */ 5927 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5928 /** */ 5929 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5930 /** */ 5931 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5932 /** */ 5933 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 5934 /** */ 5935 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 5936 /** */ 5937 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 5938 /** */ 5939 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 5940 /** */ 5941 extern(C) void function() GReserved10; 5942 } 5943 5944 struct GIOStreamPrivate; 5945 5946 struct GIcon; 5947 5948 /** 5949 * GIconIface is used to implement GIcon types for various 5950 * different systems. See #GThemedIcon and #GLoadableIcon for 5951 * examples of how to implement this interface. 5952 */ 5953 struct GIconIface 5954 { 5955 /** 5956 * The parent interface. 5957 */ 5958 GTypeInterface gIface; 5959 /** 5960 * 5961 * Params: 5962 * icon = #gconstpointer to an icon object. 5963 * Returns: a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for 5964 * use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. 5965 */ 5966 extern(C) uint function(GIcon* icon) hash; 5967 /** 5968 * 5969 * Params: 5970 * icon1 = pointer to the first #GIcon. 5971 * icon2 = pointer to the second #GIcon. 5972 * Returns: %TRUE if @icon1 is equal to @icon2. %FALSE otherwise. 5973 */ 5974 extern(C) int function(GIcon* icon1, GIcon* icon2) equal; 5975 /** 5976 * 5977 * Params: 5978 * icon = a #GIcon. 5979 * Returns: An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or 5980 * %NULL if @icon can't be serialized. Use g_free() to free. 5981 */ 5982 extern(C) int function(GIcon* icon, GPtrArray* tokens, int* outVersion) toTokens; 5983 /** */ 5984 extern(C) GIcon* function(char** tokens, int numTokens, int version_, GError** err) fromTokens; 5985 /** 5986 * 5987 * Params: 5988 * icon = a #GIcon 5989 * Returns: a #GVariant, or %NULL when serialization fails. 5990 */ 5991 extern(C) GVariant* function(GIcon* icon) serialize; 5992 } 5993 5994 struct GInetAddress 5995 { 5996 GObject parentInstance; 5997 GInetAddressPrivate* priv; 5998 } 5999 6000 struct GInetAddressClass 6001 { 6002 GObjectClass parentClass; 6003 /** 6004 * 6005 * Params: 6006 * address = a #GInetAddress 6007 * Returns: a representation of @address as a string, which should be 6008 * freed after use. 6009 */ 6010 extern(C) char* function(GInetAddress* address) toString; 6011 /** 6012 * 6013 * Params: 6014 * address = a #GInetAddress 6015 * Returns: a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address, 6016 * which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this 6017 * array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size(). 6018 */ 6019 extern(C) ubyte* function(GInetAddress* address) toBytes; 6020 } 6021 6022 struct GInetAddressMask 6023 { 6024 GObject parentInstance; 6025 GInetAddressMaskPrivate* priv; 6026 } 6027 6028 struct GInetAddressMaskClass 6029 { 6030 GObjectClass parentClass; 6031 } 6032 6033 struct GInetAddressMaskPrivate; 6034 6035 struct GInetAddressPrivate; 6036 6037 struct GInetSocketAddress 6038 { 6039 GSocketAddress parentInstance; 6040 GInetSocketAddressPrivate* priv; 6041 } 6042 6043 struct GInetSocketAddressClass 6044 { 6045 GSocketAddressClass parentClass; 6046 } 6047 6048 struct GInetSocketAddressPrivate; 6049 6050 struct GInitable; 6051 6052 /** 6053 * Provides an interface for initializing object such that initialization 6054 * may fail. 6055 * 6056 * Since: 2.22 6057 */ 6058 struct GInitableIface 6059 { 6060 /** 6061 * The parent interface. 6062 */ 6063 GTypeInterface gIface; 6064 /** 6065 * 6066 * Params: 6067 * initable = a #GInitable. 6068 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 6069 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will 6070 * return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. 6071 * 6072 * Throws: GException on failure. 6073 */ 6074 extern(C) int function(GInitable* initable, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) init; 6075 } 6076 6077 /** 6078 * Structure used for scatter/gather data input when receiving multiple 6079 * messages or packets in one go. You generally pass in an array of empty 6080 * #GInputVectors and the operation will use all the buffers as if they 6081 * were one buffer, and will set @bytes_received to the total number of bytes 6082 * received across all #GInputVectors. 6083 * 6084 * This structure closely mirrors `struct mmsghdr` and `struct msghdr` from 6085 * the POSIX sockets API (see `man 2 recvmmsg`). 6086 * 6087 * If @address is non-%NULL then it is set to the source address the message 6088 * was received from, and the caller must free it afterwards. 6089 * 6090 * If @control_messages is non-%NULL then it is set to an array of control 6091 * messages received with the message (if any), and the caller must free it 6092 * afterwards. @num_control_messages is set to the number of elements in 6093 * this array, which may be zero. 6094 * 6095 * Flags relevant to this message will be returned in @flags. For example, 6096 * `MSG_EOR` or `MSG_TRUNC`. 6097 * 6098 * Since: 2.48 6099 */ 6100 struct GInputMessage 6101 { 6102 /** 6103 * return location 6104 * for a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL 6105 */ 6106 GSocketAddress** address; 6107 /** 6108 * pointer to an 6109 * array of input vectors 6110 */ 6111 GInputVector* vectors; 6112 /** 6113 * the number of input vectors pointed to by @vectors 6114 */ 6115 uint numVectors; 6116 /** 6117 * will be set to the number of bytes that have been 6118 * received 6119 */ 6120 size_t bytesReceived; 6121 /** 6122 * collection of #GSocketMsgFlags for the received message, 6123 * outputted by the call 6124 */ 6125 int flags; 6126 /** 6127 * return location for a 6128 * caller-allocated array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL 6129 */ 6130 GSocketControlMessage*** controlMessages; 6131 /** 6132 * return location for the number of 6133 * elements in @control_messages 6134 */ 6135 uint* numControlMessages; 6136 } 6137 6138 struct GInputStream 6139 { 6140 GObject parentInstance; 6141 GInputStreamPrivate* priv; 6142 } 6143 6144 struct GInputStreamClass 6145 { 6146 GObjectClass parentClass; 6147 /** */ 6148 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) readFn; 6149 /** 6150 * 6151 * Params: 6152 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6153 * count = the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream 6154 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 6155 * Returns: Number of bytes skipped, or -1 on error 6156 * 6157 * Throws: GException on failure. 6158 */ 6159 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) skip; 6160 /** */ 6161 extern(C) int function(GInputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 6162 /** */ 6163 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) readAsync; 6164 /** 6165 * 6166 * Params: 6167 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6168 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6169 * Returns: number of bytes read in, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. 6170 * 6171 * Throws: GException on failure. 6172 */ 6173 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) readFinish; 6174 /** */ 6175 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) skipAsync; 6176 /** 6177 * 6178 * Params: 6179 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6180 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6181 * Returns: the size of the bytes skipped, or `-1` on error. 6182 * 6183 * Throws: GException on failure. 6184 */ 6185 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) skipFinish; 6186 /** */ 6187 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 6188 /** 6189 * 6190 * Params: 6191 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6192 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6193 * Returns: %TRUE if the stream was closed successfully. 6194 * 6195 * Throws: GException on failure. 6196 */ 6197 extern(C) int function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 6198 /** */ 6199 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6200 /** */ 6201 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6202 /** */ 6203 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6204 /** */ 6205 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6206 /** */ 6207 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6208 } 6209 6210 struct GInputStreamPrivate; 6211 6212 /** 6213 * Structure used for scatter/gather data input. 6214 * You generally pass in an array of #GInputVectors 6215 * and the operation will store the read data starting in the 6216 * first buffer, switching to the next as needed. 6217 * 6218 * Since: 2.22 6219 */ 6220 struct GInputVector 6221 { 6222 /** 6223 * Pointer to a buffer where data will be written. 6224 */ 6225 void* buffer; 6226 /** 6227 * the available size in @buffer. 6228 */ 6229 size_t size; 6230 } 6231 6232 struct GListModel; 6233 6234 /** 6235 * The virtual function table for #GListModel. 6236 * 6237 * Since: 2.44 6238 */ 6239 struct GListModelInterface 6240 { 6241 /** 6242 * parent #GTypeInterface 6243 */ 6244 GTypeInterface gIface; 6245 /** 6246 * 6247 * Params: 6248 * list = a #GListModel 6249 * Returns: the #GType of the items contained in @list. 6250 */ 6251 extern(C) GType function(GListModel* list) getItemType; 6252 /** 6253 * 6254 * Params: 6255 * list = a #GListModel 6256 * Returns: the number of items in @list. 6257 */ 6258 extern(C) uint function(GListModel* list) getNItems; 6259 /** 6260 * 6261 * Params: 6262 * list = a #GListModel 6263 * position = the position of the item to fetch 6264 * Returns: the object at @position. 6265 */ 6266 extern(C) void* function(GListModel* list, uint position) getItem; 6267 } 6268 6269 struct GListStore; 6270 6271 struct GListStoreClass 6272 { 6273 GObjectClass parentClass; 6274 } 6275 6276 struct GLoadableIcon; 6277 6278 /** 6279 * Interface for icons that can be loaded as a stream. 6280 */ 6281 struct GLoadableIconIface 6282 { 6283 /** 6284 * The parent interface. 6285 */ 6286 GTypeInterface gIface; 6287 /** 6288 * 6289 * Params: 6290 * icon = a #GLoadableIcon. 6291 * size = an integer. 6292 * type = a location to store the type of the loaded 6293 * icon, %NULL to ignore. 6294 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to 6295 * ignore. 6296 * Returns: a #GInputStream to read the icon from. 6297 * 6298 * Throws: GException on failure. 6299 */ 6300 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GLoadableIcon* icon, int size, char** type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) load; 6301 /** */ 6302 extern(C) void function(GLoadableIcon* icon, int size, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) loadAsync; 6303 /** 6304 * 6305 * Params: 6306 * icon = a #GLoadableIcon. 6307 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 6308 * type = a location to store the type of the loaded 6309 * icon, %NULL to ignore. 6310 * Returns: a #GInputStream to read the icon from. 6311 * 6312 * Throws: GException on failure. 6313 */ 6314 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GLoadableIcon* icon, GAsyncResult* res, char** type, GError** err) loadFinish; 6315 } 6316 6317 struct GMemoryInputStream 6318 { 6319 GInputStream parentInstance; 6320 GMemoryInputStreamPrivate* priv; 6321 } 6322 6323 struct GMemoryInputStreamClass 6324 { 6325 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 6326 /** */ 6327 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6328 /** */ 6329 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6330 /** */ 6331 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6332 /** */ 6333 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6334 /** */ 6335 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6336 } 6337 6338 struct GMemoryInputStreamPrivate; 6339 6340 struct GMemoryMonitor; 6341 6342 /** 6343 * The virtual function table for #GMemoryMonitor. 6344 * 6345 * Since: 2.64 6346 */ 6347 struct GMemoryMonitorInterface 6348 { 6349 /** 6350 * The parent interface. 6351 */ 6352 GTypeInterface gIface; 6353 /** */ 6354 extern(C) void function(GMemoryMonitor* monitor, GMemoryMonitorWarningLevel level) lowMemoryWarning; 6355 } 6356 6357 struct GMemoryOutputStream 6358 { 6359 GOutputStream parentInstance; 6360 GMemoryOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 6361 } 6362 6363 struct GMemoryOutputStreamClass 6364 { 6365 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 6366 /** */ 6367 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6368 /** */ 6369 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6370 /** */ 6371 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6372 /** */ 6373 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6374 /** */ 6375 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6376 } 6377 6378 struct GMemoryOutputStreamPrivate; 6379 6380 struct GMenu; 6381 6382 struct GMenuAttributeIter 6383 { 6384 GObject parentInstance; 6385 GMenuAttributeIterPrivate* priv; 6386 } 6387 6388 struct GMenuAttributeIterClass 6389 { 6390 GObjectClass parentClass; 6391 /** 6392 * 6393 * Params: 6394 * iter = a #GMenuAttributeIter 6395 * outName = the type of the attribute 6396 * value = the attribute value 6397 * Returns: %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional 6398 * attribute 6399 */ 6400 extern(C) int function(GMenuAttributeIter* iter, char** outName, GVariant** value) getNext; 6401 } 6402 6403 struct GMenuAttributeIterPrivate; 6404 6405 struct GMenuItem; 6406 6407 struct GMenuLinkIter 6408 { 6409 GObject parentInstance; 6410 GMenuLinkIterPrivate* priv; 6411 } 6412 6413 struct GMenuLinkIterClass 6414 { 6415 GObjectClass parentClass; 6416 /** 6417 * 6418 * Params: 6419 * iter = a #GMenuLinkIter 6420 * outLink = the name of the link 6421 * value = the linked #GMenuModel 6422 * Returns: %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional link 6423 */ 6424 extern(C) int function(GMenuLinkIter* iter, char** outLink, GMenuModel** value) getNext; 6425 } 6426 6427 struct GMenuLinkIterPrivate; 6428 6429 struct GMenuModel 6430 { 6431 GObject parentInstance; 6432 GMenuModelPrivate* priv; 6433 } 6434 6435 struct GMenuModelClass 6436 { 6437 GObjectClass parentClass; 6438 /** 6439 * 6440 * Params: 6441 * model = a #GMenuModel 6442 * Returns: %TRUE if the model is mutable (ie: "items-changed" may be 6443 * emitted). 6444 */ 6445 extern(C) int function(GMenuModel* model) isMutable; 6446 /** 6447 * 6448 * Params: 6449 * model = a #GMenuModel 6450 * Returns: the number of items 6451 */ 6452 extern(C) int function(GMenuModel* model) getNItems; 6453 /** */ 6454 extern(C) void function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, GHashTable** attributes) getItemAttributes; 6455 /** 6456 * 6457 * Params: 6458 * model = a #GMenuModel 6459 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6460 * Returns: a new #GMenuAttributeIter 6461 */ 6462 extern(C) GMenuAttributeIter* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex) iterateItemAttributes; 6463 /** 6464 * 6465 * Params: 6466 * model = a #GMenuModel 6467 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6468 * attribute = the attribute to query 6469 * expectedType = the expected type of the attribute, or 6470 * %NULL 6471 * Returns: the value of the attribute 6472 */ 6473 extern(C) GVariant* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, const(char)* attribute, GVariantType* expectedType) getItemAttributeValue; 6474 /** */ 6475 extern(C) void function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, GHashTable** links) getItemLinks; 6476 /** 6477 * 6478 * Params: 6479 * model = a #GMenuModel 6480 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6481 * Returns: a new #GMenuLinkIter 6482 */ 6483 extern(C) GMenuLinkIter* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex) iterateItemLinks; 6484 /** 6485 * 6486 * Params: 6487 * model = a #GMenuModel 6488 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6489 * link = the link to query 6490 * Returns: the linked #GMenuModel, or %NULL 6491 */ 6492 extern(C) GMenuModel* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, const(char)* link) getItemLink; 6493 } 6494 6495 struct GMenuModelPrivate; 6496 6497 struct GMount; 6498 6499 /** 6500 * Interface for implementing operations for mounts. 6501 */ 6502 struct GMountIface 6503 { 6504 /** 6505 * The parent interface. 6506 */ 6507 GTypeInterface gIface; 6508 /** */ 6509 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) changed; 6510 /** */ 6511 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) unmounted; 6512 /** 6513 * 6514 * Params: 6515 * mount = a #GMount. 6516 * Returns: a #GFile. 6517 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6518 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6519 */ 6520 extern(C) GFile* function(GMount* mount) getRoot; 6521 /** 6522 * 6523 * Params: 6524 * mount = a #GMount. 6525 * Returns: the name for the given @mount. 6526 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 6527 * when no longer needed. 6528 */ 6529 extern(C) char* function(GMount* mount) getName; 6530 /** 6531 * 6532 * Params: 6533 * mount = a #GMount. 6534 * Returns: a #GIcon. 6535 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6536 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6537 */ 6538 extern(C) GIcon* function(GMount* mount) getIcon; 6539 /** 6540 * 6541 * Params: 6542 * mount = a #GMount. 6543 * Returns: the UUID for @mount or %NULL if no UUID 6544 * can be computed. 6545 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 6546 * when no longer needed. 6547 */ 6548 extern(C) char* function(GMount* mount) getUuid; 6549 /** 6550 * 6551 * Params: 6552 * mount = a #GMount. 6553 * Returns: a #GVolume or %NULL if @mount is not 6554 * associated with a volume. 6555 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6556 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6557 */ 6558 extern(C) GVolume* function(GMount* mount) getVolume; 6559 /** 6560 * 6561 * Params: 6562 * mount = a #GMount. 6563 * Returns: a #GDrive or %NULL if @mount is not 6564 * associated with a volume or a drive. 6565 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6566 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6567 */ 6568 extern(C) GDrive* function(GMount* mount) getDrive; 6569 /** 6570 * 6571 * Params: 6572 * mount = a #GMount. 6573 * Returns: %TRUE if the @mount can be unmounted. 6574 */ 6575 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount) canUnmount; 6576 /** 6577 * 6578 * Params: 6579 * mount = a #GMount. 6580 * Returns: %TRUE if the @mount can be ejected. 6581 */ 6582 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount) canEject; 6583 /** */ 6584 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmount; 6585 /** 6586 * 6587 * Params: 6588 * mount = a #GMount. 6589 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6590 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6591 * 6592 * Throws: GException on failure. 6593 */ 6594 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountFinish; 6595 /** */ 6596 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 6597 /** 6598 * 6599 * Params: 6600 * mount = a #GMount. 6601 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6602 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 6603 * 6604 * Throws: GException on failure. 6605 */ 6606 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 6607 /** */ 6608 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) remount; 6609 /** 6610 * 6611 * Params: 6612 * mount = a #GMount. 6613 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6614 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully remounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6615 * 6616 * Throws: GException on failure. 6617 */ 6618 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) remountFinish; 6619 /** */ 6620 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, int forceRescan, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) guessContentType; 6621 /** 6622 * 6623 * Params: 6624 * mount = a #GMount 6625 * result = a #GAsyncResult 6626 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. 6627 * Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. 6628 * 6629 * Throws: GException on failure. 6630 */ 6631 extern(C) char** function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) guessContentTypeFinish; 6632 /** 6633 * 6634 * Params: 6635 * mount = a #GMount 6636 * forceRescan = Whether to force a rescan of the content. 6637 * Otherwise a cached result will be used if available 6638 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore 6639 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. 6640 * Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. 6641 * 6642 * Throws: GException on failure. 6643 */ 6644 extern(C) char** function(GMount* mount, int forceRescan, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) guessContentTypeSync; 6645 /** */ 6646 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) preUnmount; 6647 /** */ 6648 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountWithOperation; 6649 /** 6650 * 6651 * Params: 6652 * mount = a #GMount. 6653 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6654 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6655 * 6656 * Throws: GException on failure. 6657 */ 6658 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountWithOperationFinish; 6659 /** */ 6660 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 6661 /** 6662 * 6663 * Params: 6664 * mount = a #GMount. 6665 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6666 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 6667 * 6668 * Throws: GException on failure. 6669 */ 6670 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 6671 /** 6672 * 6673 * Params: 6674 * mount = a #GMount. 6675 * Returns: a #GFile. 6676 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6677 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6678 */ 6679 extern(C) GFile* function(GMount* mount) getDefaultLocation; 6680 /** 6681 * 6682 * Params: 6683 * mount = A #GMount. 6684 * Returns: Sorting key for @mount or %NULL if no such key is available. 6685 */ 6686 extern(C) const(char)* function(GMount* mount) getSortKey; 6687 /** 6688 * 6689 * Params: 6690 * mount = a #GMount. 6691 * Returns: a #GIcon. 6692 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6693 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6694 */ 6695 extern(C) GIcon* function(GMount* mount) getSymbolicIcon; 6696 } 6697 6698 struct GMountOperation 6699 { 6700 GObject parentInstance; 6701 GMountOperationPrivate* priv; 6702 } 6703 6704 struct GMountOperationClass 6705 { 6706 GObjectClass parentClass; 6707 /** */ 6708 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, const(char)* defaultUser, const(char)* defaultDomain, GAskPasswordFlags flags) askPassword; 6709 /** */ 6710 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, char** choices) askQuestion; 6711 /** */ 6712 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, GMountOperationResult result) reply; 6713 /** */ 6714 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op) aborted; 6715 /** */ 6716 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, GArray* processes, char** choices) showProcesses; 6717 /** */ 6718 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, long timeLeft, long bytesLeft) showUnmountProgress; 6719 /** */ 6720 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6721 /** */ 6722 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6723 /** */ 6724 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6725 /** */ 6726 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6727 /** */ 6728 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6729 /** */ 6730 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 6731 /** */ 6732 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 6733 /** */ 6734 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 6735 /** */ 6736 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 6737 } 6738 6739 struct GMountOperationPrivate; 6740 6741 struct GNativeSocketAddress 6742 { 6743 GSocketAddress parentInstance; 6744 GNativeSocketAddressPrivate* priv; 6745 } 6746 6747 struct GNativeSocketAddressClass 6748 { 6749 GSocketAddressClass parentClass; 6750 } 6751 6752 struct GNativeSocketAddressPrivate; 6753 6754 struct GNativeVolumeMonitor 6755 { 6756 GVolumeMonitor parentInstance; 6757 } 6758 6759 struct GNativeVolumeMonitorClass 6760 { 6761 GVolumeMonitorClass parentClass; 6762 /** */ 6763 extern(C) GMount* function(const(char)* mountPath, GCancellable* cancellable) getMountForMountPath; 6764 } 6765 6766 struct GNetworkAddress 6767 { 6768 GObject parentInstance; 6769 GNetworkAddressPrivate* priv; 6770 } 6771 6772 struct GNetworkAddressClass 6773 { 6774 GObjectClass parentClass; 6775 } 6776 6777 struct GNetworkAddressPrivate; 6778 6779 struct GNetworkMonitor; 6780 6781 /** 6782 * The virtual function table for #GNetworkMonitor. 6783 * 6784 * Since: 2.32 6785 */ 6786 struct GNetworkMonitorInterface 6787 { 6788 /** 6789 * The parent interface. 6790 */ 6791 GTypeInterface gIface; 6792 /** */ 6793 extern(C) void function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, int networkAvailable) networkChanged; 6794 /** 6795 * 6796 * Params: 6797 * monitor = a #GNetworkMonitor 6798 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 6799 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6800 * Returns: %TRUE if @connectable is reachable, %FALSE if not. 6801 * 6802 * Throws: GException on failure. 6803 */ 6804 extern(C) int function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) canReach; 6805 /** */ 6806 extern(C) void function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) canReachAsync; 6807 /** 6808 * 6809 * Params: 6810 * monitor = a #GNetworkMonitor 6811 * result = a #GAsyncResult 6812 * Returns: %TRUE if network is reachable, %FALSE if not. 6813 * 6814 * Throws: GException on failure. 6815 */ 6816 extern(C) int function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) canReachFinish; 6817 } 6818 6819 struct GNetworkService 6820 { 6821 GObject parentInstance; 6822 GNetworkServicePrivate* priv; 6823 } 6824 6825 struct GNetworkServiceClass 6826 { 6827 GObjectClass parentClass; 6828 } 6829 6830 struct GNetworkServicePrivate; 6831 6832 struct GNotification; 6833 6834 /** 6835 * Structure used for scatter/gather data output when sending multiple 6836 * messages or packets in one go. You generally pass in an array of 6837 * #GOutputVectors and the operation will use all the buffers as if they 6838 * were one buffer. 6839 * 6840 * If @address is %NULL then the message is sent to the default receiver 6841 * (as previously set by g_socket_connect()). 6842 * 6843 * Since: 2.44 6844 */ 6845 struct GOutputMessage 6846 { 6847 /** 6848 * a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL 6849 */ 6850 GSocketAddress* address; 6851 /** 6852 * pointer to an array of output vectors 6853 */ 6854 GOutputVector* vectors; 6855 /** 6856 * the number of output vectors pointed to by @vectors. 6857 */ 6858 uint numVectors; 6859 /** 6860 * initialize to 0. Will be set to the number of bytes 6861 * that have been sent 6862 */ 6863 uint bytesSent; 6864 /** 6865 * a pointer 6866 * to an array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL. 6867 */ 6868 GSocketControlMessage** controlMessages; 6869 /** 6870 * number of elements in @control_messages. 6871 */ 6872 uint numControlMessages; 6873 } 6874 6875 struct GOutputStream 6876 { 6877 GObject parentInstance; 6878 GOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 6879 } 6880 6881 struct GOutputStreamClass 6882 { 6883 GObjectClass parentClass; 6884 /** 6885 * 6886 * Params: 6887 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6888 * buffer = the buffer containing the data to write. 6889 * count = the number of bytes to write 6890 * cancellable = optional cancellable object 6891 * Returns: Number of bytes written, or -1 on error 6892 * 6893 * Throws: GException on failure. 6894 */ 6895 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) writeFn; 6896 /** 6897 * 6898 * Params: 6899 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6900 * source = a #GInputStream. 6901 * flags = a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. 6902 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 6903 * Returns: a #gssize containing the size of the data spliced, or 6904 * -1 if an error occurred. Note that if the number of bytes 6905 * spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be 6906 * returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number 6907 * of bytes spliced. 6908 * 6909 * Throws: GException on failure. 6910 */ 6911 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GInputStream* source, GOutputStreamSpliceFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) splice; 6912 /** 6913 * 6914 * Params: 6915 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6916 * cancellable = optional cancellable object 6917 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error 6918 * 6919 * Throws: GException on failure. 6920 */ 6921 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) flush; 6922 /** */ 6923 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 6924 /** */ 6925 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) writeAsync; 6926 /** 6927 * 6928 * Params: 6929 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6930 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6931 * Returns: a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. 6932 * 6933 * Throws: GException on failure. 6934 */ 6935 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) writeFinish; 6936 /** */ 6937 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, GInputStream* source, GOutputStreamSpliceFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) spliceAsync; 6938 /** 6939 * 6940 * Params: 6941 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6942 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6943 * Returns: a #gssize of the number of bytes spliced. Note that if the 6944 * number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that 6945 * will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual 6946 * number of bytes spliced. 6947 * 6948 * Throws: GException on failure. 6949 */ 6950 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) spliceFinish; 6951 /** */ 6952 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) flushAsync; 6953 /** 6954 * 6955 * Params: 6956 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6957 * result = a GAsyncResult. 6958 * Returns: %TRUE if flush operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise. 6959 * 6960 * Throws: GException on failure. 6961 */ 6962 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) flushFinish; 6963 /** */ 6964 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 6965 /** 6966 * 6967 * Params: 6968 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6969 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6970 * Returns: %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. 6971 * 6972 * Throws: GException on failure. 6973 */ 6974 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 6975 /** 6976 * 6977 * Params: 6978 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6979 * vectors = the buffer containing the #GOutputVectors to write. 6980 * nVectors = the number of vectors to write 6981 * bytesWritten = location to store the number of bytes that were 6982 * written to the stream 6983 * cancellable = optional cancellable object 6984 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error 6985 * 6986 * Throws: GException on failure. 6987 */ 6988 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GOutputVector* vectors, size_t nVectors, size_t* bytesWritten, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) writevFn; 6989 /** */ 6990 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, GOutputVector* vectors, size_t nVectors, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) writevAsync; 6991 /** 6992 * 6993 * Params: 6994 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6995 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6996 * bytesWritten = location to store the number of bytes that were written to the stream 6997 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error 6998 * 6999 * Throws: GException on failure. 7000 */ 7001 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, size_t* bytesWritten, GError** err) writevFinish; 7002 /** */ 7003 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7004 /** */ 7005 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7006 /** */ 7007 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7008 /** */ 7009 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 7010 /** */ 7011 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 7012 } 7013 7014 struct GOutputStreamPrivate; 7015 7016 /** 7017 * Structure used for scatter/gather data output. 7018 * You generally pass in an array of #GOutputVectors 7019 * and the operation will use all the buffers as if they were 7020 * one buffer. 7021 * 7022 * Since: 2.22 7023 */ 7024 struct GOutputVector 7025 { 7026 /** 7027 * Pointer to a buffer of data to read. 7028 */ 7029 void* buffer; 7030 /** 7031 * the size of @buffer. 7032 */ 7033 size_t size; 7034 } 7035 7036 struct GPermission 7037 { 7038 GObject parentInstance; 7039 GPermissionPrivate* priv; 7040 } 7041 7042 struct GPermissionClass 7043 { 7044 GObjectClass parentClass; 7045 /** 7046 * 7047 * Params: 7048 * permission = a #GPermission instance 7049 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7050 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired 7051 * 7052 * Throws: GException on failure. 7053 */ 7054 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) acquire; 7055 /** */ 7056 extern(C) void function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) acquireAsync; 7057 /** 7058 * 7059 * Params: 7060 * permission = a #GPermission instance 7061 * result = the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback 7062 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired 7063 * 7064 * Throws: GException on failure. 7065 */ 7066 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) acquireFinish; 7067 /** 7068 * 7069 * Params: 7070 * permission = a #GPermission instance 7071 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7072 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully released 7073 * 7074 * Throws: GException on failure. 7075 */ 7076 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) release; 7077 /** */ 7078 extern(C) void function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) releaseAsync; 7079 /** 7080 * 7081 * Params: 7082 * permission = a #GPermission instance 7083 * result = the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback 7084 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully released 7085 * 7086 * Throws: GException on failure. 7087 */ 7088 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) releaseFinish; 7089 void*[16] reserved; 7090 } 7091 7092 struct GPermissionPrivate; 7093 7094 struct GPollableInputStream; 7095 7096 /** 7097 * The interface for pollable input streams. 7098 * 7099 * The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. 7100 * 7101 * The default implementation of @read_nonblocking calls 7102 * g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable(), and then calls 7103 * g_input_stream_read() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only need 7104 * to override it if it is possible that your @is_readable 7105 * implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually 7106 * readable. 7107 * 7108 * Since: 2.28 7109 */ 7110 struct GPollableInputStreamInterface 7111 { 7112 /** 7113 * The parent interface. 7114 */ 7115 GTypeInterface gIface; 7116 /** 7117 * 7118 * Params: 7119 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 7120 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. 7121 */ 7122 extern(C) int function(GPollableInputStream* stream) canPoll; 7123 /** 7124 * 7125 * Params: 7126 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 7127 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is readable, %FALSE if not. If an error 7128 * has occurred on @stream, this will result in 7129 * g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable() returning %TRUE, and the 7130 * next attempt to read will return the error. 7131 */ 7132 extern(C) int function(GPollableInputStream* stream) isReadable; 7133 /** 7134 * 7135 * Params: 7136 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 7137 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7138 * Returns: a new #GSource 7139 */ 7140 extern(C) GSource* function(GPollableInputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 7141 /** 7142 * 7143 * Params: 7144 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream 7145 * buffer = a buffer to 7146 * read data into (which should be at least @count bytes long). 7147 * count = the number of bytes you want to read 7148 * Returns: the number of bytes read, or -1 on error (including 7149 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). 7150 * 7151 * Throws: GException on failure. 7152 */ 7153 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GPollableInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GError** err) readNonblocking; 7154 } 7155 7156 struct GPollableOutputStream; 7157 7158 /** 7159 * The interface for pollable output streams. 7160 * 7161 * The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. 7162 * 7163 * The default implementation of @write_nonblocking calls 7164 * g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable(), and then calls 7165 * g_output_stream_write() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only 7166 * need to override it if it is possible that your @is_writable 7167 * implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually 7168 * writable. 7169 * 7170 * The default implementation of @writev_nonblocking calls 7171 * g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking() for each vector, and converts 7172 * its return value and error (if set) to a #GPollableReturn. You should 7173 * override this where possible to avoid having to allocate a #GError to return 7174 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. 7175 * 7176 * Since: 2.28 7177 */ 7178 struct GPollableOutputStreamInterface 7179 { 7180 /** 7181 * The parent interface. 7182 */ 7183 GTypeInterface gIface; 7184 /** 7185 * 7186 * Params: 7187 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 7188 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. 7189 */ 7190 extern(C) int function(GPollableOutputStream* stream) canPoll; 7191 /** 7192 * 7193 * Params: 7194 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 7195 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is writable, %FALSE if not. If an error 7196 * has occurred on @stream, this will result in 7197 * g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable() returning %TRUE, and the 7198 * next attempt to write will return the error. 7199 */ 7200 extern(C) int function(GPollableOutputStream* stream) isWritable; 7201 /** 7202 * 7203 * Params: 7204 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 7205 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7206 * Returns: a new #GSource 7207 */ 7208 extern(C) GSource* function(GPollableOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 7209 /** 7210 * 7211 * Params: 7212 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream 7213 * buffer = a buffer to write 7214 * data from 7215 * count = the number of bytes you want to write 7216 * Returns: the number of bytes written, or -1 on error (including 7217 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). 7218 * 7219 * Throws: GException on failure. 7220 */ 7221 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GPollableOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GError** err) writeNonblocking; 7222 /** 7223 * 7224 * Params: 7225 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream 7226 * vectors = the buffer containing the #GOutputVectors to write. 7227 * nVectors = the number of vectors to write 7228 * bytesWritten = location to store the number of bytes that were 7229 * written to the stream 7230 * Returns: %@G_POLLABLE_RETURN_OK on success, %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_WOULD_BLOCK 7231 * if the stream is not currently writable (and @error is *not* set), or 7232 * %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_FAILED if there was an error in which case @error will 7233 * be set. 7234 * 7235 * Throws: GException on failure. 7236 */ 7237 extern(C) GPollableReturn function(GPollableOutputStream* stream, GOutputVector* vectors, size_t nVectors, size_t* bytesWritten, GError** err) writevNonblocking; 7238 } 7239 7240 struct GPropertyAction; 7241 7242 struct GProxy; 7243 7244 struct GProxyAddress 7245 { 7246 GInetSocketAddress parentInstance; 7247 GProxyAddressPrivate* priv; 7248 } 7249 7250 /** 7251 * Class structure for #GProxyAddress. 7252 * 7253 * Since: 2.26 7254 */ 7255 struct GProxyAddressClass 7256 { 7257 GInetSocketAddressClass parentClass; 7258 } 7259 7260 struct GProxyAddressEnumerator 7261 { 7262 GSocketAddressEnumerator parentInstance; 7263 GProxyAddressEnumeratorPrivate* priv; 7264 } 7265 7266 /** 7267 * Class structure for #GProxyAddressEnumerator. 7268 */ 7269 struct GProxyAddressEnumeratorClass 7270 { 7271 GSocketAddressEnumeratorClass parentClass; 7272 /** */ 7273 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7274 /** */ 7275 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7276 /** */ 7277 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7278 /** */ 7279 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7280 /** */ 7281 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7282 /** */ 7283 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7284 /** */ 7285 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 7286 } 7287 7288 struct GProxyAddressEnumeratorPrivate; 7289 7290 struct GProxyAddressPrivate; 7291 7292 /** 7293 * Provides an interface for handling proxy connection and payload. 7294 * 7295 * Since: 2.26 7296 */ 7297 struct GProxyInterface 7298 { 7299 /** 7300 * The parent interface. 7301 */ 7302 GTypeInterface gIface; 7303 /** 7304 * 7305 * Params: 7306 * proxy = a #GProxy 7307 * connection = a #GIOStream 7308 * proxyAddress = a #GProxyAddress 7309 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 7310 * Returns: a #GIOStream that will replace @connection. This might 7311 * be the same as @connection, in which case a reference 7312 * will be added. 7313 * 7314 * Throws: GException on failure. 7315 */ 7316 extern(C) GIOStream* function(GProxy* proxy, GIOStream* connection, GProxyAddress* proxyAddress, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) connect; 7317 /** */ 7318 extern(C) void function(GProxy* proxy, GIOStream* connection, GProxyAddress* proxyAddress, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) connectAsync; 7319 /** 7320 * 7321 * Params: 7322 * proxy = a #GProxy 7323 * result = a #GAsyncResult 7324 * Returns: a #GIOStream. 7325 * 7326 * Throws: GException on failure. 7327 */ 7328 extern(C) GIOStream* function(GProxy* proxy, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) connectFinish; 7329 /** 7330 * 7331 * Params: 7332 * proxy = a #GProxy 7333 * Returns: %TRUE if hostname resolution is supported. 7334 */ 7335 extern(C) int function(GProxy* proxy) supportsHostname; 7336 } 7337 7338 struct GProxyResolver; 7339 7340 /** 7341 * The virtual function table for #GProxyResolver. 7342 */ 7343 struct GProxyResolverInterface 7344 { 7345 /** 7346 * The parent interface. 7347 */ 7348 GTypeInterface gIface; 7349 /** 7350 * 7351 * Params: 7352 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7353 * Returns: %TRUE if @resolver is supported. 7354 */ 7355 extern(C) int function(GProxyResolver* resolver) isSupported; 7356 /** 7357 * 7358 * Params: 7359 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7360 * uri = a URI representing the destination to connect to 7361 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7362 * Returns: A 7363 * NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed 7364 * with g_strfreev(). 7365 * 7366 * Throws: GException on failure. 7367 */ 7368 extern(C) char** function(GProxyResolver* resolver, const(char)* uri, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookup; 7369 /** */ 7370 extern(C) void function(GProxyResolver* resolver, const(char)* uri, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupAsync; 7371 /** 7372 * 7373 * Params: 7374 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7375 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7376 * Returns: A 7377 * NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed 7378 * with g_strfreev(). 7379 * 7380 * Throws: GException on failure. 7381 */ 7382 extern(C) char** function(GProxyResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupFinish; 7383 } 7384 7385 struct GRemoteActionGroup; 7386 7387 /** 7388 * The virtual function table for #GRemoteActionGroup. 7389 * 7390 * Since: 2.32 7391 */ 7392 struct GRemoteActionGroupInterface 7393 { 7394 GTypeInterface gIface; 7395 /** */ 7396 extern(C) void function(GRemoteActionGroup* remote, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* parameter, GVariant* platformData) activateActionFull; 7397 /** */ 7398 extern(C) void function(GRemoteActionGroup* remote, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* value, GVariant* platformData) changeActionStateFull; 7399 } 7400 7401 struct GResolver 7402 { 7403 GObject parentInstance; 7404 GResolverPrivate* priv; 7405 } 7406 7407 struct GResolverClass 7408 { 7409 GObjectClass parentClass; 7410 /** */ 7411 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver) reload; 7412 /** 7413 * 7414 * Params: 7415 * resolver = a #GResolver 7416 * hostname = the hostname to look up 7417 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7418 * Returns: a non-empty #GList 7419 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You 7420 * must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are 7421 * done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) 7422 * 7423 * Throws: GException on failure. 7424 */ 7425 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupByName; 7426 /** */ 7427 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupByNameAsync; 7428 /** 7429 * 7430 * Params: 7431 * resolver = a #GResolver 7432 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7433 * Returns: a #GList 7434 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() 7435 * for more details. 7436 * 7437 * Throws: GException on failure. 7438 */ 7439 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupByNameFinish; 7440 /** 7441 * 7442 * Params: 7443 * resolver = a #GResolver 7444 * address = the address to reverse-resolve 7445 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7446 * Returns: a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded 7447 * form), or %NULL on error. 7448 * 7449 * Throws: GException on failure. 7450 */ 7451 extern(C) char* function(GResolver* resolver, GInetAddress* address, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupByAddress; 7452 /** */ 7453 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, GInetAddress* address, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupByAddressAsync; 7454 /** 7455 * 7456 * Params: 7457 * resolver = a #GResolver 7458 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7459 * Returns: a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded 7460 * form), or %NULL on error. 7461 * 7462 * Throws: GException on failure. 7463 */ 7464 extern(C) char* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupByAddressFinish; 7465 /** */ 7466 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupService; 7467 /** */ 7468 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupServiceAsync; 7469 /** 7470 * 7471 * Params: 7472 * resolver = a #GResolver 7473 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7474 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7475 * #GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more 7476 * details. 7477 * 7478 * Throws: GException on failure. 7479 */ 7480 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupServiceFinish; 7481 /** 7482 * 7483 * Params: 7484 * resolver = a #GResolver 7485 * rrname = the DNS name to look up the record for 7486 * recordType = the type of DNS record to look up 7487 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7488 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7489 * #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list 7490 * when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with 7491 * g_variant_unref() to do this.) 7492 * 7493 * Throws: GException on failure. 7494 */ 7495 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GResolverRecordType recordType, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupRecords; 7496 /** */ 7497 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GResolverRecordType recordType, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupRecordsAsync; 7498 /** 7499 * 7500 * Params: 7501 * resolver = a #GResolver 7502 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7503 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7504 * #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list 7505 * when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with 7506 * g_variant_unref() to do this.) 7507 * 7508 * Throws: GException on failure. 7509 */ 7510 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupRecordsFinish; 7511 /** */ 7512 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GResolverNameLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupByNameWithFlagsAsync; 7513 /** 7514 * 7515 * Params: 7516 * resolver = a #GResolver 7517 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7518 * Returns: a #GList 7519 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() 7520 * for more details. 7521 * 7522 * Throws: GException on failure. 7523 */ 7524 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupByNameWithFlagsFinish; 7525 /** 7526 * 7527 * Params: 7528 * resolver = a #GResolver 7529 * hostname = the hostname to look up 7530 * flags = extra #GResolverNameLookupFlags for the lookup 7531 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7532 * Returns: a non-empty #GList 7533 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You 7534 * must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are 7535 * done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) 7536 * 7537 * Throws: GException on failure. 7538 */ 7539 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GResolverNameLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupByNameWithFlags; 7540 } 7541 7542 struct GResolverPrivate; 7543 7544 struct GResource; 7545 7546 struct GSeekable; 7547 7548 /** 7549 * Provides an interface for implementing seekable functionality on I/O Streams. 7550 */ 7551 struct GSeekableIface 7552 { 7553 /** 7554 * The parent interface. 7555 */ 7556 GTypeInterface gIface; 7557 /** 7558 * 7559 * Params: 7560 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7561 * Returns: the offset from the beginning of the buffer. 7562 */ 7563 extern(C) long function(GSeekable* seekable) tell; 7564 /** 7565 * 7566 * Params: 7567 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7568 * Returns: %TRUE if @seekable can be seeked. %FALSE otherwise. 7569 */ 7570 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable) canSeek; 7571 /** 7572 * 7573 * Params: 7574 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7575 * offset = a #goffset. 7576 * type = a #GSeekType. 7577 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7578 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error 7579 * has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error 7580 * appropriately if present. 7581 * 7582 * Throws: GException on failure. 7583 */ 7584 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 7585 /** 7586 * 7587 * Params: 7588 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7589 * Returns: %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise. 7590 */ 7591 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable) canTruncate; 7592 /** 7593 * 7594 * Params: 7595 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7596 * offset = new length for @seekable, in bytes. 7597 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7598 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error 7599 * has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error 7600 * appropriately if present. 7601 * 7602 * Throws: GException on failure. 7603 */ 7604 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable, long offset, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 7605 } 7606 7607 struct GSettings 7608 { 7609 GObject parentInstance; 7610 GSettingsPrivate* priv; 7611 } 7612 7613 struct GSettingsBackend 7614 { 7615 GObject parentInstance; 7616 GSettingsBackendPrivate* priv; 7617 } 7618 7619 /** 7620 * Class structure for #GSettingsBackend. 7621 */ 7622 struct GSettingsBackendClass 7623 { 7624 GObjectClass parentClass; 7625 /** */ 7626 extern(C) GVariant* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariantType* expectedType, int defaultValue) read; 7627 /** */ 7628 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key) getWritable; 7629 /** */ 7630 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariant* value, void* originTag) write; 7631 /** */ 7632 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, GTree* tree, void* originTag) writeTree; 7633 /** */ 7634 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, void* originTag) reset; 7635 /** */ 7636 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* name) subscribe; 7637 /** */ 7638 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* name) unsubscribe; 7639 /** */ 7640 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend) sync; 7641 /** */ 7642 extern(C) GPermission* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* path) getPermission; 7643 /** */ 7644 extern(C) GVariant* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariantType* expectedType) readUserValue; 7645 void*[23] padding; 7646 } 7647 7648 struct GSettingsBackendPrivate; 7649 7650 struct GSettingsClass 7651 { 7652 GObjectClass parentClass; 7653 /** */ 7654 extern(C) void function(GSettings* settings, const(char)* key) writableChanged; 7655 /** */ 7656 extern(C) void function(GSettings* settings, const(char)* key) changed; 7657 /** */ 7658 extern(C) int function(GSettings* settings, GQuark key) writableChangeEvent; 7659 /** */ 7660 extern(C) int function(GSettings* settings, GQuark* keys, int nKeys) changeEvent; 7661 void*[20] padding; 7662 } 7663 7664 struct GSettingsPrivate; 7665 7666 struct GSettingsSchema; 7667 7668 struct GSettingsSchemaKey; 7669 7670 struct GSettingsSchemaSource; 7671 7672 struct GSimpleAction; 7673 7674 struct GSimpleActionGroup 7675 { 7676 GObject parentInstance; 7677 GSimpleActionGroupPrivate* priv; 7678 } 7679 7680 struct GSimpleActionGroupClass 7681 { 7682 GObjectClass parentClass; 7683 void*[12] padding; 7684 } 7685 7686 struct GSimpleActionGroupPrivate; 7687 7688 struct GSimpleAsyncResult; 7689 7690 struct GSimpleAsyncResultClass; 7691 7692 struct GSimpleIOStream; 7693 7694 struct GSimplePermission; 7695 7696 struct GSimpleProxyResolver 7697 { 7698 GObject parentInstance; 7699 GSimpleProxyResolverPrivate* priv; 7700 } 7701 7702 struct GSimpleProxyResolverClass 7703 { 7704 GObjectClass parentClass; 7705 /** */ 7706 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7707 /** */ 7708 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7709 /** */ 7710 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7711 /** */ 7712 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7713 /** */ 7714 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7715 } 7716 7717 struct GSimpleProxyResolverPrivate; 7718 7719 struct GSocket 7720 { 7721 GObject parentInstance; 7722 GSocketPrivate* priv; 7723 } 7724 7725 struct GSocketAddress 7726 { 7727 GObject parentInstance; 7728 } 7729 7730 struct GSocketAddressClass 7731 { 7732 GObjectClass parentClass; 7733 /** 7734 * 7735 * Params: 7736 * address = a #GSocketAddress 7737 * Returns: the socket family type of @address 7738 */ 7739 extern(C) GSocketFamily function(GSocketAddress* address) getFamily; 7740 /** 7741 * 7742 * Params: 7743 * address = a #GSocketAddress 7744 * Returns: the size of the native struct sockaddr that 7745 * @address represents 7746 */ 7747 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GSocketAddress* address) getNativeSize; 7748 /** 7749 * 7750 * Params: 7751 * address = a #GSocketAddress 7752 * dest = a pointer to a memory location that will contain the native 7753 * struct sockaddr 7754 * destlen = the size of @dest. Must be at least as large as 7755 * g_socket_address_get_native_size() 7756 * Returns: %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error 7757 * 7758 * Throws: GException on failure. 7759 */ 7760 extern(C) int function(GSocketAddress* address, void* dest, size_t destlen, GError** err) toNative; 7761 } 7762 7763 struct GSocketAddressEnumerator 7764 { 7765 GObject parentInstance; 7766 } 7767 7768 /** 7769 * Class structure for #GSocketAddressEnumerator. 7770 */ 7771 struct GSocketAddressEnumeratorClass 7772 { 7773 GObjectClass parentClass; 7774 /** 7775 * 7776 * Params: 7777 * enumerator = a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 7778 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7779 * Returns: a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on 7780 * error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no 7781 * more addresses. 7782 * 7783 * Throws: GException on failure. 7784 */ 7785 extern(C) GSocketAddress* function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) next; 7786 /** */ 7787 extern(C) void function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) nextAsync; 7788 /** 7789 * 7790 * Params: 7791 * enumerator = a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 7792 * result = a #GAsyncResult 7793 * Returns: a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on 7794 * error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no 7795 * more addresses. 7796 * 7797 * Throws: GException on failure. 7798 */ 7799 extern(C) GSocketAddress* function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) nextFinish; 7800 } 7801 7802 struct GSocketClass 7803 { 7804 GObjectClass parentClass; 7805 /** */ 7806 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7807 /** */ 7808 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7809 /** */ 7810 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7811 /** */ 7812 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7813 /** */ 7814 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7815 /** */ 7816 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7817 /** */ 7818 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 7819 /** */ 7820 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 7821 /** */ 7822 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 7823 /** */ 7824 extern(C) void function() GReserved10; 7825 } 7826 7827 struct GSocketClient 7828 { 7829 GObject parentInstance; 7830 GSocketClientPrivate* priv; 7831 } 7832 7833 struct GSocketClientClass 7834 { 7835 GObjectClass parentClass; 7836 /** */ 7837 extern(C) void function(GSocketClient* client, GSocketClientEvent event, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GIOStream* connection) event; 7838 /** */ 7839 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7840 /** */ 7841 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7842 /** */ 7843 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7844 /** */ 7845 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7846 } 7847 7848 struct GSocketClientPrivate; 7849 7850 struct GSocketConnectable; 7851 7852 /** 7853 * Provides an interface for returning a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 7854 * and #GProxyAddressEnumerator 7855 */ 7856 struct GSocketConnectableIface 7857 { 7858 /** 7859 * The parent interface. 7860 */ 7861 GTypeInterface gIface; 7862 /** 7863 * 7864 * Params: 7865 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 7866 * Returns: a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. 7867 */ 7868 extern(C) GSocketAddressEnumerator* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) enumerate; 7869 /** 7870 * 7871 * Params: 7872 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 7873 * Returns: a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. 7874 */ 7875 extern(C) GSocketAddressEnumerator* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) proxyEnumerate; 7876 /** 7877 * 7878 * Params: 7879 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 7880 * Returns: the formatted string 7881 */ 7882 extern(C) char* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) toString; 7883 } 7884 7885 struct GSocketConnection 7886 { 7887 GIOStream parentInstance; 7888 GSocketConnectionPrivate* priv; 7889 } 7890 7891 struct GSocketConnectionClass 7892 { 7893 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 7894 /** */ 7895 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7896 /** */ 7897 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7898 /** */ 7899 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7900 /** */ 7901 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7902 /** */ 7903 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7904 /** */ 7905 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7906 } 7907 7908 struct GSocketConnectionPrivate; 7909 7910 struct GSocketControlMessage 7911 { 7912 GObject parentInstance; 7913 GSocketControlMessagePrivate* priv; 7914 } 7915 7916 /** 7917 * Class structure for #GSocketControlMessage. 7918 */ 7919 struct GSocketControlMessageClass 7920 { 7921 GObjectClass parentClass; 7922 /** 7923 * 7924 * Params: 7925 * message = a #GSocketControlMessage 7926 * Returns: The number of bytes required. 7927 */ 7928 extern(C) size_t function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getSize; 7929 /** 7930 * 7931 * Params: 7932 * message = a #GSocketControlMessage 7933 * Returns: an integer describing the level 7934 */ 7935 extern(C) int function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getLevel; 7936 /** */ 7937 extern(C) int function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getType; 7938 /** */ 7939 extern(C) void function(GSocketControlMessage* message, void* data) serialize; 7940 /** */ 7941 extern(C) GSocketControlMessage* function(int level, int type, size_t size, void* data) deserialize; 7942 /** */ 7943 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7944 /** */ 7945 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7946 /** */ 7947 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7948 /** */ 7949 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7950 /** */ 7951 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7952 } 7953 7954 struct GSocketControlMessagePrivate; 7955 7956 struct GSocketListener 7957 { 7958 GObject parentInstance; 7959 GSocketListenerPrivate* priv; 7960 } 7961 7962 /** 7963 * Class structure for #GSocketListener. 7964 */ 7965 struct GSocketListenerClass 7966 { 7967 GObjectClass parentClass; 7968 /** */ 7969 extern(C) void function(GSocketListener* listener) changed; 7970 /** */ 7971 extern(C) void function(GSocketListener* listener, GSocketListenerEvent event, GSocket* socket) event; 7972 /** */ 7973 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7974 /** */ 7975 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7976 /** */ 7977 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7978 /** */ 7979 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7980 /** */ 7981 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7982 } 7983 7984 struct GSocketListenerPrivate; 7985 7986 struct GSocketPrivate; 7987 7988 struct GSocketService 7989 { 7990 GSocketListener parentInstance; 7991 GSocketServicePrivate* priv; 7992 } 7993 7994 /** 7995 * Class structure for #GSocketService. 7996 */ 7997 struct GSocketServiceClass 7998 { 7999 GSocketListenerClass parentClass; 8000 /** */ 8001 extern(C) int function(GSocketService* service, GSocketConnection* connection, GObject* sourceObject) incoming; 8002 /** */ 8003 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8004 /** */ 8005 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8006 /** */ 8007 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8008 /** */ 8009 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8010 /** */ 8011 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8012 /** */ 8013 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8014 } 8015 8016 struct GSocketServicePrivate; 8017 8018 struct GSrvTarget; 8019 8020 struct GStaticResource 8021 { 8022 ubyte* data; 8023 size_t dataLen; 8024 GResource* resource; 8025 GStaticResource* next; 8026 void* padding; 8027 } 8028 8029 struct GSubprocess; 8030 8031 struct GSubprocessLauncher; 8032 8033 struct GTask; 8034 8035 struct GTaskClass; 8036 8037 struct GTcpConnection 8038 { 8039 GSocketConnection parentInstance; 8040 GTcpConnectionPrivate* priv; 8041 } 8042 8043 struct GTcpConnectionClass 8044 { 8045 GSocketConnectionClass parentClass; 8046 } 8047 8048 struct GTcpConnectionPrivate; 8049 8050 struct GTcpWrapperConnection 8051 { 8052 GTcpConnection parentInstance; 8053 GTcpWrapperConnectionPrivate* priv; 8054 } 8055 8056 struct GTcpWrapperConnectionClass 8057 { 8058 GTcpConnectionClass parentClass; 8059 } 8060 8061 struct GTcpWrapperConnectionPrivate; 8062 8063 struct GTestDBus; 8064 8065 struct GThemedIcon; 8066 8067 struct GThemedIconClass; 8068 8069 struct GThreadedSocketService 8070 { 8071 GSocketService parentInstance; 8072 GThreadedSocketServicePrivate* priv; 8073 } 8074 8075 struct GThreadedSocketServiceClass 8076 { 8077 GSocketServiceClass parentClass; 8078 /** */ 8079 extern(C) int function(GThreadedSocketService* service, GSocketConnection* connection, GObject* sourceObject) run; 8080 /** */ 8081 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8082 /** */ 8083 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8084 /** */ 8085 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8086 /** */ 8087 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8088 /** */ 8089 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8090 } 8091 8092 struct GThreadedSocketServicePrivate; 8093 8094 struct GTlsBackend; 8095 8096 /** 8097 * Provides an interface for describing TLS-related types. 8098 * 8099 * Since: 2.28 8100 */ 8101 struct GTlsBackendInterface 8102 { 8103 /** 8104 * The parent interface. 8105 */ 8106 GTypeInterface gIface; 8107 /** 8108 * 8109 * Params: 8110 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 8111 * Returns: whether or not TLS is supported 8112 */ 8113 extern(C) int function(GTlsBackend* backend) supportsTls; 8114 /** */ 8115 extern(C) GType function() getCertificateType; 8116 /** */ 8117 extern(C) GType function() getClientConnectionType; 8118 /** */ 8119 extern(C) GType function() getServerConnectionType; 8120 /** */ 8121 extern(C) GType function() getFileDatabaseType; 8122 /** 8123 * 8124 * Params: 8125 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 8126 * Returns: the default database, which should be 8127 * unreffed when done. 8128 */ 8129 extern(C) GTlsDatabase* function(GTlsBackend* backend) getDefaultDatabase; 8130 /** 8131 * 8132 * Params: 8133 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 8134 * Returns: whether DTLS is supported 8135 */ 8136 extern(C) int function(GTlsBackend* backend) supportsDtls; 8137 /** */ 8138 extern(C) GType function() getDtlsClientConnectionType; 8139 /** */ 8140 extern(C) GType function() getDtlsServerConnectionType; 8141 } 8142 8143 struct GTlsCertificate 8144 { 8145 GObject parentInstance; 8146 GTlsCertificatePrivate* priv; 8147 } 8148 8149 struct GTlsCertificateClass 8150 { 8151 GObjectClass parentClass; 8152 /** 8153 * 8154 * Params: 8155 * cert = a #GTlsCertificate 8156 * identity = the expected peer identity 8157 * trustedCa = the certificate of a trusted authority 8158 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags 8159 */ 8160 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsCertificate* cert, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsCertificate* trustedCa) verify; 8161 void*[8] padding; 8162 } 8163 8164 struct GTlsCertificatePrivate; 8165 8166 struct GTlsClientConnection; 8167 8168 /** 8169 * vtable for a #GTlsClientConnection implementation. 8170 * 8171 * Since: 2.26 8172 */ 8173 struct GTlsClientConnectionInterface 8174 { 8175 /** 8176 * The parent interface. 8177 */ 8178 GTypeInterface gIface; 8179 /** */ 8180 extern(C) void function(GTlsClientConnection* conn, GTlsClientConnection* source) copySessionState; 8181 } 8182 8183 struct GTlsConnection 8184 { 8185 GIOStream parentInstance; 8186 GTlsConnectionPrivate* priv; 8187 } 8188 8189 struct GTlsConnectionClass 8190 { 8191 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 8192 /** */ 8193 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificate* peerCert, GTlsCertificateFlags errors) acceptCertificate; 8194 /** 8195 * 8196 * Params: 8197 * conn = a #GTlsConnection 8198 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8199 * Returns: success or failure 8200 * 8201 * Throws: GException on failure. 8202 */ 8203 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* conn, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) handshake; 8204 /** */ 8205 extern(C) void function(GTlsConnection* conn, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) handshakeAsync; 8206 /** 8207 * 8208 * Params: 8209 * conn = a #GTlsConnection 8210 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8211 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 8212 * case @error will be set. 8213 * 8214 * Throws: GException on failure. 8215 */ 8216 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) handshakeFinish; 8217 void*[8] padding; 8218 } 8219 8220 struct GTlsConnectionPrivate; 8221 8222 struct GTlsDatabase 8223 { 8224 GObject parentInstance; 8225 GTlsDatabasePrivate* priv; 8226 } 8227 8228 /** 8229 * The class for #GTlsDatabase. Derived classes should implement the various 8230 * virtual methods. _async and _finish methods have a default 8231 * implementation that runs the corresponding sync method in a thread. 8232 * 8233 * Since: 2.30 8234 */ 8235 struct GTlsDatabaseClass 8236 { 8237 GObjectClass parentClass; 8238 /** 8239 * 8240 * Params: 8241 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8242 * chain = a #GTlsCertificate chain 8243 * purpose = the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. 8244 * identity = the expected peer identity 8245 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8246 * flags = additional verify flags 8247 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8248 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the 8249 * result of verification. 8250 * 8251 * Throws: GException on failure. 8252 */ 8253 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* chain, const(char)* purpose, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) verifyChain; 8254 /** */ 8255 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* chain, const(char)* purpose, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) verifyChainAsync; 8256 /** 8257 * 8258 * Params: 8259 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8260 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8261 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the 8262 * result of verification. 8263 * 8264 * Throws: GException on failure. 8265 */ 8266 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) verifyChainFinish; 8267 /** 8268 * 8269 * Params: 8270 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8271 * certificate = certificate for which to create a handle. 8272 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 8273 * handle. 8274 */ 8275 extern(C) char* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate) createCertificateHandle; 8276 /** 8277 * 8278 * Params: 8279 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8280 * handle = a certificate handle 8281 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8282 * flags = Flags which affect the lookup. 8283 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8284 * Returns: a newly allocated 8285 * #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8286 * 8287 * Throws: GException on failure. 8288 */ 8289 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, const(char)* handle, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificateForHandle; 8290 /** */ 8291 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, const(char)* handle, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificateForHandleAsync; 8292 /** 8293 * 8294 * Params: 8295 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8296 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8297 * Returns: a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate object. 8298 * Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8299 * 8300 * Throws: GException on failure. 8301 */ 8302 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificateForHandleFinish; 8303 /** 8304 * 8305 * Params: 8306 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8307 * certificate = a #GTlsCertificate 8308 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8309 * flags = flags which affect the lookup operation 8310 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8311 * Returns: a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, 8312 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8313 * 8314 * Throws: GException on failure. 8315 */ 8316 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificateIssuer; 8317 /** */ 8318 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificateIssuerAsync; 8319 /** 8320 * 8321 * Params: 8322 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8323 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8324 * Returns: a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, 8325 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8326 * 8327 * Throws: GException on failure. 8328 */ 8329 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificateIssuerFinish; 8330 /** 8331 * 8332 * Params: 8333 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8334 * issuerRawDn = a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. 8335 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8336 * flags = Flags which affect the lookup operation. 8337 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8338 * Returns: a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate 8339 * objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. 8340 * 8341 * Throws: GException on failure. 8342 */ 8343 extern(C) GList* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GByteArray* issuerRawDn, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificatesIssuedBy; 8344 /** */ 8345 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GByteArray* issuerRawDn, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificatesIssuedByAsync; 8346 /** 8347 * 8348 * Params: 8349 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8350 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8351 * Returns: a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate 8352 * objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. 8353 * 8354 * Throws: GException on failure. 8355 */ 8356 extern(C) GList* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificatesIssuedByFinish; 8357 void*[16] padding; 8358 } 8359 8360 struct GTlsDatabasePrivate; 8361 8362 struct GTlsFileDatabase; 8363 8364 /** 8365 * Provides an interface for #GTlsFileDatabase implementations. 8366 */ 8367 struct GTlsFileDatabaseInterface 8368 { 8369 /** 8370 * The parent interface. 8371 */ 8372 GTypeInterface gIface; 8373 void*[8] padding; 8374 } 8375 8376 struct GTlsInteraction 8377 { 8378 GObject parentInstance; 8379 GTlsInteractionPrivate* priv; 8380 } 8381 8382 /** 8383 * The class for #GTlsInteraction. Derived classes implement the various 8384 * virtual interaction methods to handle TLS interactions. 8385 * 8386 * Derived classes can choose to implement whichever interactions methods they'd 8387 * like to support by overriding those virtual methods in their class 8388 * initialization function. If a derived class implements an async method, 8389 * it must also implement the corresponding finish method. 8390 * 8391 * The synchronous interaction methods should implement to display modal dialogs, 8392 * and the asynchronous methods to display modeless dialogs. 8393 * 8394 * If the user cancels an interaction, then the result should be 8395 * %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED and the error should be set with a domain of 8396 * %G_IO_ERROR and code of %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. 8397 * 8398 * Since: 2.30 8399 */ 8400 struct GTlsInteractionClass 8401 { 8402 GObjectClass parentClass; 8403 /** 8404 * 8405 * Params: 8406 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8407 * password = a #GTlsPassword object 8408 * cancellable = an optional #GCancellable cancellation object 8409 * Returns: The status of the ask password interaction. 8410 * 8411 * Throws: GException on failure. 8412 */ 8413 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsPassword* password, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) askPassword; 8414 /** */ 8415 extern(C) void function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsPassword* password, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) askPasswordAsync; 8416 /** 8417 * 8418 * Params: 8419 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8420 * result = the result passed to the callback 8421 * Returns: The status of the ask password interaction. 8422 * 8423 * Throws: GException on failure. 8424 */ 8425 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) askPasswordFinish; 8426 /** 8427 * 8428 * Params: 8429 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8430 * connection = a #GTlsConnection object 8431 * flags = flags providing more information about the request 8432 * cancellable = an optional #GCancellable cancellation object 8433 * Returns: The status of the request certificate interaction. 8434 * 8435 * Throws: GException on failure. 8436 */ 8437 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificateRequestFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) requestCertificate; 8438 /** */ 8439 extern(C) void function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificateRequestFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) requestCertificateAsync; 8440 /** 8441 * 8442 * Params: 8443 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8444 * result = the result passed to the callback 8445 * Returns: The status of the request certificate interaction. 8446 * 8447 * Throws: GException on failure. 8448 */ 8449 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) requestCertificateFinish; 8450 void*[21] padding; 8451 } 8452 8453 struct GTlsInteractionPrivate; 8454 8455 struct GTlsPassword 8456 { 8457 GObject parentInstance; 8458 GTlsPasswordPrivate* priv; 8459 } 8460 8461 /** 8462 * Class structure for #GTlsPassword. 8463 */ 8464 struct GTlsPasswordClass 8465 { 8466 GObjectClass parentClass; 8467 /** 8468 * 8469 * Params: 8470 * password = a #GTlsPassword object 8471 * length = location to place the length of the password. 8472 * Returns: The password value (owned by the password object). 8473 */ 8474 extern(C) char* function(GTlsPassword* password, size_t* length) getValue; 8475 /** */ 8476 extern(C) void function(GTlsPassword* password, char* value, ptrdiff_t length, GDestroyNotify destroy) setValue; 8477 /** */ 8478 extern(C) const(char)* function(GTlsPassword* password) getDefaultWarning; 8479 void*[4] padding; 8480 } 8481 8482 struct GTlsPasswordPrivate; 8483 8484 struct GTlsServerConnection; 8485 8486 /** 8487 * vtable for a #GTlsServerConnection implementation. 8488 * 8489 * Since: 2.26 8490 */ 8491 struct GTlsServerConnectionInterface 8492 { 8493 /** 8494 * The parent interface. 8495 */ 8496 GTypeInterface gIface; 8497 } 8498 8499 struct GUnixConnection 8500 { 8501 GSocketConnection parentInstance; 8502 GUnixConnectionPrivate* priv; 8503 } 8504 8505 struct GUnixConnectionClass 8506 { 8507 GSocketConnectionClass parentClass; 8508 } 8509 8510 struct GUnixConnectionPrivate; 8511 8512 struct GUnixCredentialsMessage 8513 { 8514 GSocketControlMessage parentInstance; 8515 GUnixCredentialsMessagePrivate* priv; 8516 } 8517 8518 /** 8519 * Class structure for #GUnixCredentialsMessage. 8520 * 8521 * Since: 2.26 8522 */ 8523 struct GUnixCredentialsMessageClass 8524 { 8525 GSocketControlMessageClass parentClass; 8526 /** */ 8527 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8528 /** */ 8529 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8530 } 8531 8532 struct GUnixCredentialsMessagePrivate; 8533 8534 struct GUnixFDList 8535 { 8536 GObject parentInstance; 8537 GUnixFDListPrivate* priv; 8538 } 8539 8540 struct GUnixFDListClass 8541 { 8542 GObjectClass parentClass; 8543 /** */ 8544 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8545 /** */ 8546 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8547 /** */ 8548 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8549 /** */ 8550 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8551 /** */ 8552 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8553 } 8554 8555 struct GUnixFDListPrivate; 8556 8557 struct GUnixFDMessage 8558 { 8559 GSocketControlMessage parentInstance; 8560 GUnixFDMessagePrivate* priv; 8561 } 8562 8563 struct GUnixFDMessageClass 8564 { 8565 GSocketControlMessageClass parentClass; 8566 /** */ 8567 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8568 /** */ 8569 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8570 } 8571 8572 struct GUnixFDMessagePrivate; 8573 8574 struct GUnixInputStream 8575 { 8576 GInputStream parentInstance; 8577 GUnixInputStreamPrivate* priv; 8578 } 8579 8580 struct GUnixInputStreamClass 8581 { 8582 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 8583 /** */ 8584 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8585 /** */ 8586 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8587 /** */ 8588 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8589 /** */ 8590 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8591 /** */ 8592 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8593 } 8594 8595 struct GUnixInputStreamPrivate; 8596 8597 /** 8598 * Defines a Unix mount entry (e.g. <filename>/media/cdrom</filename>). 8599 * This corresponds roughly to a mtab entry. 8600 */ 8601 struct GUnixMountEntry; 8602 8603 struct GUnixMountMonitor; 8604 8605 struct GUnixMountMonitorClass; 8606 8607 struct GUnixMountPoint; 8608 8609 struct GUnixOutputStream 8610 { 8611 GOutputStream parentInstance; 8612 GUnixOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 8613 } 8614 8615 struct GUnixOutputStreamClass 8616 { 8617 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 8618 /** */ 8619 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8620 /** */ 8621 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8622 /** */ 8623 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8624 /** */ 8625 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8626 /** */ 8627 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8628 } 8629 8630 struct GUnixOutputStreamPrivate; 8631 8632 struct GUnixSocketAddress 8633 { 8634 GSocketAddress parentInstance; 8635 GUnixSocketAddressPrivate* priv; 8636 } 8637 8638 struct GUnixSocketAddressClass 8639 { 8640 GSocketAddressClass parentClass; 8641 } 8642 8643 struct GUnixSocketAddressPrivate; 8644 8645 struct GVfs 8646 { 8647 GObject parentInstance; 8648 } 8649 8650 struct GVfsClass 8651 { 8652 GObjectClass parentClass; 8653 /** 8654 * 8655 * Params: 8656 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8657 * Returns: %TRUE if construction of the @vfs was successful 8658 * and it is now active. 8659 */ 8660 extern(C) int function(GVfs* vfs) isActive; 8661 /** 8662 * 8663 * Params: 8664 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8665 * path = a string containing a VFS path. 8666 * Returns: a #GFile. 8667 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8668 */ 8669 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* path) getFileForPath; 8670 /** 8671 * 8672 * Params: 8673 * vfs = a#GVfs. 8674 * uri = a string containing a URI 8675 * Returns: a #GFile. 8676 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8677 */ 8678 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* uri) getFileForUri; 8679 /** 8680 * 8681 * Params: 8682 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8683 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of strings. 8684 * The returned array belongs to GIO and must 8685 * not be freed or modified. 8686 */ 8687 extern(C) char** function(GVfs* vfs) getSupportedUriSchemes; 8688 /** 8689 * 8690 * Params: 8691 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8692 * parseName = a string to be parsed by the VFS module. 8693 * Returns: a #GFile for the given @parse_name. 8694 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8695 */ 8696 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* parseName) parseName; 8697 /** */ 8698 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename, ulong device, GFileAttributeMatcher* attributeMatcher, GFileInfo* info, GCancellable* cancellable, void** extraData, GDestroyNotify* freeExtraData) localFileAddInfo; 8699 /** */ 8700 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, GFileAttributeInfoList* list) addWritableNamespaces; 8701 /** */ 8702 extern(C) int function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) localFileSetAttributes; 8703 /** */ 8704 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename) localFileRemoved; 8705 /** */ 8706 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* source, const(char)* dest) localFileMoved; 8707 /** */ 8708 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVfs* vfs, GVariant* value) deserializeIcon; 8709 /** */ 8710 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8711 /** */ 8712 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8713 /** */ 8714 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8715 /** */ 8716 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8717 /** */ 8718 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8719 /** */ 8720 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8721 } 8722 8723 struct GVolume; 8724 8725 /** 8726 * Interface for implementing operations for mountable volumes. 8727 */ 8728 struct GVolumeIface 8729 { 8730 /** 8731 * The parent interface. 8732 */ 8733 GTypeInterface gIface; 8734 /** */ 8735 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume) changed; 8736 /** */ 8737 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume) removed; 8738 /** 8739 * 8740 * Params: 8741 * volume = a #GVolume 8742 * Returns: the name for the given @volume. The returned string should 8743 * be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. 8744 */ 8745 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume) getName; 8746 /** 8747 * 8748 * Params: 8749 * volume = a #GVolume 8750 * Returns: a #GIcon. 8751 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 8752 * when no longer needed. 8753 */ 8754 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVolume* volume) getIcon; 8755 /** 8756 * 8757 * Params: 8758 * volume = a #GVolume 8759 * Returns: the UUID for @volume or %NULL if no UUID 8760 * can be computed. 8761 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 8762 * when no longer needed. 8763 */ 8764 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume) getUuid; 8765 /** 8766 * 8767 * Params: 8768 * volume = a #GVolume 8769 * Returns: a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not 8770 * associated with a drive. The returned object should be unreffed 8771 * with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 8772 */ 8773 extern(C) GDrive* function(GVolume* volume) getDrive; 8774 /** 8775 * 8776 * Params: 8777 * volume = a #GVolume 8778 * Returns: a #GMount or %NULL if @volume isn't mounted. 8779 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 8780 * when no longer needed. 8781 */ 8782 extern(C) GMount* function(GVolume* volume) getMount; 8783 /** 8784 * 8785 * Params: 8786 * volume = a #GVolume 8787 * Returns: %TRUE if the @volume can be mounted. %FALSE otherwise 8788 */ 8789 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) canMount; 8790 /** 8791 * 8792 * Params: 8793 * volume = a #GVolume 8794 * Returns: %TRUE if the @volume can be ejected. %FALSE otherwise 8795 */ 8796 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) canEject; 8797 /** */ 8798 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountFn; 8799 /** 8800 * 8801 * Params: 8802 * volume = a #GVolume 8803 * result = a #GAsyncResult 8804 * Returns: %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed 8805 * 8806 * Throws: GException on failure. 8807 */ 8808 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountFinish; 8809 /** */ 8810 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 8811 /** 8812 * 8813 * Params: 8814 * volume = pointer to a #GVolume 8815 * result = a #GAsyncResult 8816 * Returns: %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed 8817 * 8818 * Throws: GException on failure. 8819 */ 8820 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 8821 /** 8822 * 8823 * Params: 8824 * volume = a #GVolume 8825 * kind = the kind of identifier to return 8826 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 8827 * requested identifier, or %NULL if the #GVolume 8828 * doesn't have this kind of identifier 8829 */ 8830 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume, const(char)* kind) getIdentifier; 8831 /** 8832 * 8833 * Params: 8834 * volume = a #GVolume 8835 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array 8836 * of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. 8837 */ 8838 extern(C) char** function(GVolume* volume) enumerateIdentifiers; 8839 /** 8840 * 8841 * Params: 8842 * volume = a #GVolume 8843 * Returns: %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted 8844 */ 8845 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) shouldAutomount; 8846 /** 8847 * 8848 * Params: 8849 * volume = a #GVolume 8850 * Returns: the activation root of @volume 8851 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to free. 8852 */ 8853 extern(C) GFile* function(GVolume* volume) getActivationRoot; 8854 /** */ 8855 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 8856 /** 8857 * 8858 * Params: 8859 * volume = a #GVolume 8860 * result = a #GAsyncResult 8861 * Returns: %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise 8862 * 8863 * Throws: GException on failure. 8864 */ 8865 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 8866 /** 8867 * 8868 * Params: 8869 * volume = a #GVolume 8870 * Returns: Sorting key for @volume or %NULL if no such key is available 8871 */ 8872 extern(C) const(char)* function(GVolume* volume) getSortKey; 8873 /** 8874 * 8875 * Params: 8876 * volume = a #GVolume 8877 * Returns: a #GIcon. 8878 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 8879 * when no longer needed. 8880 */ 8881 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVolume* volume) getSymbolicIcon; 8882 } 8883 8884 struct GVolumeMonitor 8885 { 8886 GObject parentInstance; 8887 void* priv; 8888 } 8889 8890 struct GVolumeMonitorClass 8891 { 8892 GObjectClass parentClass; 8893 /** */ 8894 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeAdded; 8895 /** */ 8896 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeRemoved; 8897 /** */ 8898 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeChanged; 8899 /** */ 8900 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountAdded; 8901 /** */ 8902 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountRemoved; 8903 /** */ 8904 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountPreUnmount; 8905 /** */ 8906 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountChanged; 8907 /** */ 8908 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveConnected; 8909 /** */ 8910 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveDisconnected; 8911 /** */ 8912 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveChanged; 8913 /** */ 8914 extern(C) int function() isSupported; 8915 /** 8916 * 8917 * Params: 8918 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8919 * Returns: a #GList of connected #GDrive objects. 8920 */ 8921 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getConnectedDrives; 8922 /** 8923 * 8924 * Params: 8925 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8926 * Returns: a #GList of #GVolume objects. 8927 */ 8928 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getVolumes; 8929 /** 8930 * 8931 * Params: 8932 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8933 * Returns: a #GList of #GMount objects. 8934 */ 8935 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getMounts; 8936 /** 8937 * 8938 * Params: 8939 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8940 * uuid = the UUID to look for 8941 * Returns: a #GVolume or %NULL if no such volume is available. 8942 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8943 */ 8944 extern(C) GVolume* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, const(char)* uuid) getVolumeForUuid; 8945 /** 8946 * 8947 * Params: 8948 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8949 * uuid = the UUID to look for 8950 * Returns: a #GMount or %NULL if no such mount is available. 8951 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8952 */ 8953 extern(C) GMount* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, const(char)* uuid) getMountForUuid; 8954 /** */ 8955 extern(C) GVolume* function(GMount* mount, GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) adoptOrphanMount; 8956 /** */ 8957 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveEjectButton; 8958 /** */ 8959 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveStopButton; 8960 /** */ 8961 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8962 /** */ 8963 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8964 /** */ 8965 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8966 /** */ 8967 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8968 /** */ 8969 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8970 /** */ 8971 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8972 } 8973 8974 struct GZlibCompressor; 8975 8976 struct GZlibCompressorClass 8977 { 8978 GObjectClass parentClass; 8979 } 8980 8981 struct GZlibDecompressor; 8982 8983 struct GZlibDecompressorClass 8984 { 8985 GObjectClass parentClass; 8986 } 8987 8988 /** 8989 * Type definition for a function that will be called back when an asynchronous 8990 * operation within GIO has been completed. #GAsyncReadyCallback 8991 * callbacks from #GTask are guaranteed to be invoked in a later 8992 * iteration of the 8993 * [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] 8994 * where the #GTask was created. All other users of 8995 * #GAsyncReadyCallback must likewise call it asynchronously in a 8996 * later iteration of the main context. 8997 * 8998 * Params: 8999 * sourceObject = the object the asynchronous operation was started with. 9000 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 9001 * userData = user data passed to the callback. 9002 */ 9003 public alias extern(C) void function(GObject* sourceObject, GAsyncResult* res, void* userData) GAsyncReadyCallback; 9004 9005 /** 9006 * Invoked when a connection to a message bus has been obtained. 9007 * 9008 * Params: 9009 * connection = The #GDBusConnection to a message bus. 9010 * name = The name that is requested to be owned. 9011 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name(). 9012 * 9013 * Since: 2.26 9014 */ 9015 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusAcquiredCallback; 9016 9017 /** 9018 * Invoked when the name is acquired. 9019 * 9020 * Params: 9021 * connection = The #GDBusConnection on which to acquired the name. 9022 * name = The name being owned. 9023 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). 9024 * 9025 * Since: 2.26 9026 */ 9027 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameAcquiredCallback; 9028 9029 /** 9030 * Invoked when the name being watched is known to have to have an owner. 9031 * 9032 * Params: 9033 * connection = The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on. 9034 * name = The name being watched. 9035 * nameOwner = Unique name of the owner of the name being watched. 9036 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). 9037 * 9038 * Since: 2.26 9039 */ 9040 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, const(char)* nameOwner, void* userData) GBusNameAppearedCallback; 9041 9042 /** 9043 * Invoked when the name is lost or @connection has been closed. 9044 * 9045 * Params: 9046 * connection = The #GDBusConnection on which to acquire the name or %NULL if 9047 * the connection was disconnected. 9048 * name = The name being owned. 9049 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). 9050 * 9051 * Since: 2.26 9052 */ 9053 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameLostCallback; 9054 9055 /** 9056 * Invoked when the name being watched is known not to have to have an owner. 9057 * 9058 * This is also invoked when the #GDBusConnection on which the watch was 9059 * established has been closed. In that case, @connection will be 9060 * %NULL. 9061 * 9062 * Params: 9063 * connection = The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on, or 9064 * %NULL. 9065 * name = The name being watched. 9066 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). 9067 * 9068 * Since: 2.26 9069 */ 9070 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameVanishedCallback; 9071 9072 /** 9073 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9074 * returned by g_cancellable_source_new(). 9075 * 9076 * Params: 9077 * cancellable = the #GCancellable 9078 * userData = data passed in by the user. 9079 * 9080 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 9081 * 9082 * Since: 2.28 9083 */ 9084 public alias extern(C) int function(GCancellable* cancellable, void* userData) GCancellableSourceFunc; 9085 9086 /** 9087 * The type of the @get_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 9088 * 9089 * Params: 9090 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9091 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9092 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 9093 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name for the property. 9094 * propertyName = The name of the property to get the value of. 9095 * error = Return location for error. 9096 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 9097 * 9098 * Returns: A #GVariant with the value for @property_name or %NULL if 9099 * @error is set. If the returned #GVariant is floating, it is 9100 * consumed - otherwise its reference count is decreased by one. 9101 * 9102 * Since: 2.26 9103 */ 9104 public alias extern(C) GVariant* function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* propertyName, GError** error, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceGetPropertyFunc; 9105 9106 /** 9107 * The type of the @method_call function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 9108 * 9109 * Params: 9110 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9111 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9112 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 9113 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name the method was invoked on. 9114 * methodName = The name of the method that was invoked. 9115 * parameters = A #GVariant tuple with parameters. 9116 * invocation = A #GDBusMethodInvocation object that must be used to return a value or error. 9117 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 9118 * 9119 * Since: 2.26 9120 */ 9121 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* methodName, GVariant* parameters, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceMethodCallFunc; 9122 9123 /** 9124 * The type of the @set_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 9125 * 9126 * Params: 9127 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9128 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9129 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 9130 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name for the property. 9131 * propertyName = The name of the property to get the value of. 9132 * value = The value to set the property to. 9133 * error = Return location for error. 9134 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 9135 * 9136 * Returns: %TRUE if the property was set to @value, %FALSE if @error is set. 9137 * 9138 * Since: 2.26 9139 */ 9140 public alias extern(C) int function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* propertyName, GVariant* value, GError** error, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceSetPropertyFunc; 9141 9142 /** 9143 * Signature for function used in g_dbus_connection_add_filter(). 9144 * 9145 * A filter function is passed a #GDBusMessage and expected to return 9146 * a #GDBusMessage too. Passive filter functions that don't modify the 9147 * message can simply return the @message object: 9148 * |[ 9149 * static GDBusMessage * 9150 * passive_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 9151 * GDBusMessage *message, 9152 * gboolean incoming, 9153 * gpointer user_data) 9154 * { 9155 * // inspect @message 9156 * return message; 9157 * } 9158 * ]| 9159 * Filter functions that wants to drop a message can simply return %NULL: 9160 * |[ 9161 * static GDBusMessage * 9162 * drop_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 9163 * GDBusMessage *message, 9164 * gboolean incoming, 9165 * gpointer user_data) 9166 * { 9167 * if (should_drop_message) 9168 * { 9169 * g_object_unref (message); 9170 * message = NULL; 9171 * } 9172 * return message; 9173 * } 9174 * ]| 9175 * Finally, a filter function may modify a message by copying it: 9176 * |[ 9177 * static GDBusMessage * 9178 * modifying_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 9179 * GDBusMessage *message, 9180 * gboolean incoming, 9181 * gpointer user_data) 9182 * { 9183 * GDBusMessage *copy; 9184 * GError *error; 9185 * 9186 * error = NULL; 9187 * copy = g_dbus_message_copy (message, &error); 9188 * // handle @error being set 9189 * g_object_unref (message); 9190 * 9191 * // modify @copy 9192 * 9193 * return copy; 9194 * } 9195 * ]| 9196 * If the returned #GDBusMessage is different from @message and cannot 9197 * be sent on @connection (it could use features, such as file 9198 * descriptors, not compatible with @connection), then a warning is 9199 * logged to standard error. Applications can 9200 * check this ahead of time using g_dbus_message_to_blob() passing a 9201 * #GDBusCapabilityFlags value obtained from @connection. 9202 * 9203 * Params: 9204 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9205 * message = A locked #GDBusMessage that the filter function takes ownership of. 9206 * incoming = %TRUE if it is a message received from the other peer, %FALSE if it is 9207 * a message to be sent to the other peer. 9208 * userData = User data passed when adding the filter. 9209 * 9210 * Returns: A #GDBusMessage that will be freed with 9211 * g_object_unref() or %NULL to drop the message. Passive filter 9212 * functions can simply return the passed @message object. 9213 * 9214 * Since: 2.26 9215 */ 9216 public alias extern(C) GDBusMessage* function(GDBusConnection* connection, GDBusMessage* message, int incoming, void* userData) GDBusMessageFilterFunction; 9217 9218 /** 9219 * Function signature for a function used to determine the #GType to 9220 * use for an interface proxy (if @interface_name is not %NULL) or 9221 * object proxy (if @interface_name is %NULL). 9222 * 9223 * This function is called in the 9224 * [thread-default main loop][g-main-context-push-thread-default] 9225 * that @manager was constructed in. 9226 * 9227 * Params: 9228 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 9229 * objectPath = The object path of the remote object. 9230 * interfaceName = The interface name of the remote object or %NULL if a #GDBusObjectProxy #GType is requested. 9231 * userData = User data. 9232 * 9233 * Returns: A #GType to use for the remote object. The returned type 9234 * must be a #GDBusProxy or #GDBusObjectProxy -derived 9235 * type. 9236 * 9237 * Since: 2.30 9238 */ 9239 public alias extern(C) GType function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, void* userData) GDBusProxyTypeFunc; 9240 9241 /** 9242 * Signature for callback function used in g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). 9243 * 9244 * Params: 9245 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9246 * senderName = The unique bus name of the sender of the signal. 9247 * objectPath = The object path that the signal was emitted on. 9248 * interfaceName = The name of the interface. 9249 * signalName = The name of the signal. 9250 * parameters = A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal. 9251 * userData = User data passed when subscribing to the signal. 9252 * 9253 * Since: 2.26 9254 */ 9255 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters, void* userData) GDBusSignalCallback; 9256 9257 /** 9258 * The type of the @dispatch function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9259 * 9260 * Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one 9261 * segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). 9262 * 9263 * Params: 9264 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9265 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9266 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9267 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name that the method call or property access is for. 9268 * node = A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. 9269 * outUserData = Return location for user data to pass to functions in the returned #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 9270 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9271 * 9272 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceVTable or %NULL if you don't want to handle the methods. 9273 * 9274 * Since: 2.26 9275 */ 9276 public alias extern(C) GDBusInterfaceVTable* function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* node, void** outUserData, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeDispatchFunc; 9277 9278 /** 9279 * The type of the @enumerate function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9280 * 9281 * This function is called when generating introspection data and also 9282 * when preparing to dispatch incoming messages in the event that the 9283 * %G_DBUS_SUBTREE_FLAGS_DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES flag is not 9284 * specified (ie: to verify that the object path is valid). 9285 * 9286 * Hierarchies are not supported; the items that you return should not 9287 * contain the '/' character. 9288 * 9289 * The return value will be freed with g_strfreev(). 9290 * 9291 * Params: 9292 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9293 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9294 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9295 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9296 * 9297 * Returns: A newly allocated array of strings for node names that are children of @object_path. 9298 * 9299 * Since: 2.26 9300 */ 9301 public alias extern(C) char** function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeEnumerateFunc; 9302 9303 /** 9304 * The type of the @introspect function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9305 * 9306 * Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one 9307 * segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). 9308 * 9309 * This function should return %NULL to indicate that there is no object 9310 * at this node. 9311 * 9312 * If this function returns non-%NULL, the return value is expected to 9313 * be a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo 9314 * structures describing the interfaces implemented by @node. This 9315 * array will have g_dbus_interface_info_unref() called on each item 9316 * before being freed with g_free(). 9317 * 9318 * The difference between returning %NULL and an array containing zero 9319 * items is that the standard DBus interfaces will returned to the 9320 * remote introspector in the empty array case, but not in the %NULL 9321 * case. 9322 * 9323 * Params: 9324 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9325 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9326 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9327 * node = A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. 9328 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9329 * 9330 * Returns: A %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo, or %NULL. 9331 * 9332 * Since: 2.26 9333 */ 9334 public alias extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo** function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* node, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeIntrospectFunc; 9335 9336 /** 9337 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9338 * returned by g_datagram_based_create_source(). 9339 * 9340 * Params: 9341 * datagramBased = the #GDatagramBased 9342 * condition = the current condition at the source fired 9343 * userData = data passed in by the user 9344 * 9345 * Returns: %G_SOURCE_REMOVE if the source should be removed, 9346 * %G_SOURCE_CONTINUE otherwise 9347 * 9348 * Since: 2.48 9349 */ 9350 public alias extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, void* userData) GDatagramBasedSourceFunc; 9351 9352 /** 9353 * During invocation, g_desktop_app_info_launch_uris_as_manager() may 9354 * create one or more child processes. This callback is invoked once 9355 * for each, providing the process ID. 9356 * 9357 * Params: 9358 * appinfo = a #GDesktopAppInfo 9359 * pid = Process identifier 9360 * userData = User data 9361 */ 9362 public alias extern(C) void function(GDesktopAppInfo* appinfo, GPid pid, void* userData) GDesktopAppLaunchCallback; 9363 9364 /** 9365 * This callback type is used by g_file_measure_disk_usage() to make 9366 * periodic progress reports when measuring the amount of disk spaced 9367 * used by a directory. 9368 * 9369 * These calls are made on a best-effort basis and not all types of 9370 * #GFile will support them. At the minimum, however, one call will 9371 * always be made immediately. 9372 * 9373 * In the case that there is no support, @reporting will be set to 9374 * %FALSE (and the other values undefined) and no further calls will be 9375 * made. Otherwise, the @reporting will be %TRUE and the other values 9376 * all-zeros during the first (immediate) call. In this way, you can 9377 * know which type of progress UI to show without a delay. 9378 * 9379 * For g_file_measure_disk_usage() the callback is made directly. For 9380 * g_file_measure_disk_usage_async() the callback is made via the 9381 * default main context of the calling thread (ie: the same way that the 9382 * final async result would be reported). 9383 * 9384 * @current_size is in the same units as requested by the operation (see 9385 * %G_FILE_MEASURE_APPARENT_SIZE). 9386 * 9387 * The frequency of the updates is implementation defined, but is 9388 * ideally about once every 200ms. 9389 * 9390 * The last progress callback may or may not be equal to the final 9391 * result. Always check the async result to get the final value. 9392 * 9393 * Params: 9394 * reporting = %TRUE if more reports will come 9395 * currentSize = the current cumulative size measurement 9396 * numDirs = the number of directories visited so far 9397 * numFiles = the number of non-directory files encountered 9398 * userData = the data passed to the original request for this callback 9399 * 9400 * Since: 2.38 9401 */ 9402 public alias extern(C) void function(int reporting, ulong currentSize, ulong numDirs, ulong numFiles, void* userData) GFileMeasureProgressCallback; 9403 9404 /** 9405 * When doing file operations that may take a while, such as moving 9406 * a file or copying a file, a progress callback is used to pass how 9407 * far along that operation is to the application. 9408 * 9409 * Params: 9410 * currentNumBytes = the current number of bytes in the operation. 9411 * totalNumBytes = the total number of bytes in the operation. 9412 * userData = user data passed to the callback. 9413 */ 9414 public alias extern(C) void function(long currentNumBytes, long totalNumBytes, void* userData) GFileProgressCallback; 9415 9416 /** 9417 * When loading the partial contents of a file with g_file_load_partial_contents_async(), 9418 * it may become necessary to determine if any more data from the file should be loaded. 9419 * A #GFileReadMoreCallback function facilitates this by returning %TRUE if more data 9420 * should be read, or %FALSE otherwise. 9421 * 9422 * Params: 9423 * fileContents = the data as currently read. 9424 * fileSize = the size of the data currently read. 9425 * callbackData = data passed to the callback. 9426 * 9427 * Returns: %TRUE if more data should be read back. %FALSE otherwise. 9428 */ 9429 public alias extern(C) int function(const(char)* fileContents, long fileSize, void* callbackData) GFileReadMoreCallback; 9430 9431 /** 9432 * I/O Job function. 9433 * 9434 * Long-running jobs should periodically check the @cancellable 9435 * to see if they have been cancelled. 9436 * 9437 * Params: 9438 * job = a #GIOSchedulerJob. 9439 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 9440 * userData = the data to pass to callback function 9441 * 9442 * Returns: %TRUE if this function should be called again to 9443 * complete the job, %FALSE if the job is complete (or cancelled) 9444 */ 9445 public alias extern(C) int function(GIOSchedulerJob* job, GCancellable* cancellable, void* userData) GIOSchedulerJobFunc; 9446 9447 /** 9448 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9449 * returned by g_pollable_input_stream_create_source() and 9450 * g_pollable_output_stream_create_source(). 9451 * 9452 * Params: 9453 * pollableStream = the #GPollableInputStream or #GPollableOutputStream 9454 * userData = data passed in by the user. 9455 * 9456 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 9457 * 9458 * Since: 2.28 9459 */ 9460 public alias extern(C) int function(GObject* pollableStream, void* userData) GPollableSourceFunc; 9461 9462 /** 9463 * Changes the size of the memory block pointed to by @data to 9464 * @size bytes. 9465 * 9466 * The function should have the same semantics as realloc(). 9467 * 9468 * Params: 9469 * data = memory block to reallocate 9470 * size = size to reallocate @data to 9471 * 9472 * Returns: a pointer to the reallocated memory 9473 */ 9474 public alias extern(C) void* function(void* data, size_t size) GReallocFunc; 9475 9476 /** 9477 * The type for the function that is used to convert from #GSettings to 9478 * an object property. The @value is already initialized to hold values 9479 * of the appropriate type. 9480 * 9481 * Params: 9482 * value = return location for the property value 9483 * variant = the #GVariant 9484 * userData = user data that was specified when the binding was created 9485 * 9486 * Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error 9487 */ 9488 public alias extern(C) int function(GValue* value, GVariant* variant, void* userData) GSettingsBindGetMapping; 9489 9490 /** 9491 * The type for the function that is used to convert an object property 9492 * value to a #GVariant for storing it in #GSettings. 9493 * 9494 * Params: 9495 * value = a #GValue containing the property value to map 9496 * expectedType = the #GVariantType to create 9497 * userData = user data that was specified when the binding was created 9498 * 9499 * Returns: a new #GVariant holding the data from @value, 9500 * or %NULL in case of an error 9501 */ 9502 public alias extern(C) GVariant* function(GValue* value, GVariantType* expectedType, void* userData) GSettingsBindSetMapping; 9503 9504 /** 9505 * The type of the function that is used to convert from a value stored 9506 * in a #GSettings to a value that is useful to the application. 9507 * 9508 * If the value is successfully mapped, the result should be stored at 9509 * @result and %TRUE returned. If mapping fails (for example, if @value 9510 * is not in the right format) then %FALSE should be returned. 9511 * 9512 * If @value is %NULL then it means that the mapping function is being 9513 * given a "last chance" to successfully return a valid value. %TRUE 9514 * must be returned in this case. 9515 * 9516 * Params: 9517 * value = the #GVariant to map, or %NULL 9518 * result = the result of the mapping 9519 * userData = the user data that was passed to 9520 * g_settings_get_mapped() 9521 * 9522 * Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error 9523 */ 9524 public alias extern(C) int function(GVariant* value, void** result, void* userData) GSettingsGetMapping; 9525 9526 /** 9527 * Simple thread function that runs an asynchronous operation and 9528 * checks for cancellation. 9529 * 9530 * Params: 9531 * res = a #GSimpleAsyncResult. 9532 * object = a #GObject. 9533 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 9534 */ 9535 public alias extern(C) void function(GSimpleAsyncResult* res, GObject* object, GCancellable* cancellable) GSimpleAsyncThreadFunc; 9536 9537 /** 9538 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9539 * returned by g_socket_create_source(). 9540 * 9541 * Params: 9542 * socket = the #GSocket 9543 * condition = the current condition at the source fired. 9544 * userData = data passed in by the user. 9545 * 9546 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 9547 * 9548 * Since: 2.22 9549 */ 9550 public alias extern(C) int function(GSocket* socket, GIOCondition condition, void* userData) GSocketSourceFunc; 9551 9552 /** 9553 * The prototype for a task function to be run in a thread via 9554 * g_task_run_in_thread() or g_task_run_in_thread_sync(). 9555 * 9556 * If the return-on-cancel flag is set on @task, and @cancellable gets 9557 * cancelled, then the #GTask will be completed immediately (as though 9558 * g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() had been called), without 9559 * waiting for the task function to complete. However, the task 9560 * function will continue running in its thread in the background. The 9561 * function therefore needs to be careful about how it uses 9562 * externally-visible state in this case. See 9563 * g_task_set_return_on_cancel() for more details. 9564 * 9565 * Other than in that case, @task will be completed when the 9566 * #GTaskThreadFunc returns, not when it calls a 9567 * `g_task_return_` function. 9568 * 9569 * Params: 9570 * task = the #GTask 9571 * sourceObject = @task's source object 9572 * taskData = @task's task data 9573 * cancellable = @task's #GCancellable, or %NULL 9574 * 9575 * Since: 2.36 9576 */ 9577 public alias extern(C) void function(GTask* task, void* sourceObject, void* taskData, GCancellable* cancellable) GTaskThreadFunc; 9578 9579 /** 9580 * This function type is used by g_vfs_register_uri_scheme() to make it 9581 * possible for a client to associate an URI scheme to a different #GFile 9582 * implementation. 9583 * 9584 * The client should return a reference to the new file that has been 9585 * created for @uri, or %NULL to continue with the default implementation. 9586 * 9587 * Params: 9588 * vfs = a #GVfs 9589 * identifier = the identifier to look up a #GFile for. This can either 9590 * be an URI or a parse name as returned by g_file_get_parse_name() 9591 * userData = user data passed to the function 9592 * 9593 * Returns: a #GFile for @identifier. 9594 * 9595 * Since: 2.50 9596 */ 9597 public alias extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* identifier, void* userData) GVfsFileLookupFunc; 9598 9599 /** 9600 * Extension point for default handler to URI association. See 9601 * [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 9602 * 9603 * Deprecated: The #GDesktopAppInfoLookup interface is deprecated and 9604 * unused by GIO. 9605 */ 9606 enum DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-desktop-app-info-lookup"; 9607 alias G_DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 9608 9609 /** 9610 * The string used to obtain a Unix device path with g_drive_get_identifier(). 9611 */ 9612 enum DRIVE_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = "unix-device"; 9613 alias G_DRIVE_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = DRIVE_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE; 9614 9615 /** 9616 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking deletion privileges. 9617 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9618 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to delete the file. 9619 */ 9620 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE = "access::can-delete"; 9621 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE; 9622 9623 /** 9624 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting execution privileges. 9625 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9626 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to execute the file. 9627 */ 9628 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE = "access::can-execute"; 9629 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE; 9630 9631 /** 9632 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting read privileges. 9633 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9634 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to read the file. 9635 */ 9636 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ = "access::can-read"; 9637 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ; 9638 9639 /** 9640 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking renaming privileges. 9641 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9642 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to rename the file. 9643 */ 9644 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME = "access::can-rename"; 9645 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME; 9646 9647 /** 9648 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking trashing privileges. 9649 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9650 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to move the file to 9651 * the trash. 9652 */ 9653 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH = "access::can-trash"; 9654 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH; 9655 9656 /** 9657 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting write privileges. 9658 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9659 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to write to the file. 9660 */ 9661 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE = "access::can-write"; 9662 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE; 9663 9664 /** 9665 * A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's archive flag 9666 * is set. This attribute is %TRUE if the archive flag is set. This attribute 9667 * is only available for DOS file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 9668 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9669 */ 9670 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE = "dos::is-archive"; 9671 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE; 9672 9673 /** 9674 * A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file is a NTFS mount point 9675 * (a volume mount or a junction point). 9676 * This attribute is %TRUE if file is a reparse point of type 9677 * [IO_REPARSE_TAG_MOUNT_POINT](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd541667.aspx). 9678 * This attribute is only available for DOS file systems. 9679 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9680 */ 9681 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_MOUNTPOINT = "dos::is-mountpoint"; 9682 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_MOUNTPOINT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_MOUNTPOINT; 9683 9684 /** 9685 * A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's backup flag 9686 * is set. This attribute is %TRUE if the backup flag is set. This attribute 9687 * is only available for DOS file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 9688 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9689 */ 9690 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM = "dos::is-system"; 9691 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM; 9692 9693 /** 9694 * A key in the "dos" namespace for getting the file NTFS reparse tag. 9695 * This value is 0 for files that are not reparse points. 9696 * See the [Reparse Tags](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd541667.aspx) 9697 * page for possible reparse tag values. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 9698 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9699 */ 9700 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_REPARSE_POINT_TAG = "dos::reparse-point-tag"; 9701 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_REPARSE_POINT_TAG = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_REPARSE_POINT_TAG; 9702 9703 /** 9704 * A key in the "etag" namespace for getting the value of the file's 9705 * entity tag. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9706 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9707 */ 9708 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE = "etag::value"; 9709 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE; 9710 9711 /** 9712 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes of free space left on the 9713 * file system. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9714 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9715 */ 9716 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE = "filesystem::free"; 9717 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE; 9718 9719 /** 9720 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system 9721 * is read only. Is set to %TRUE if the file system is read only. 9722 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9723 */ 9724 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY = "filesystem::readonly"; 9725 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY; 9726 9727 /** 9728 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system 9729 * is remote. Is set to %TRUE if the file system is remote. 9730 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9731 */ 9732 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE = "filesystem::remote"; 9733 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE; 9734 9735 /** 9736 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the total size (in bytes) of the file system, 9737 * used in g_file_query_filesystem_info(). Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 9738 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9739 */ 9740 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE = "filesystem::size"; 9741 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE; 9742 9743 /** 9744 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the file system's type. 9745 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9746 */ 9747 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE = "filesystem::type"; 9748 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE; 9749 9750 /** 9751 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes of used on the 9752 * file system. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9753 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9754 */ 9755 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED = "filesystem::used"; 9756 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED; 9757 9758 /** 9759 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for hinting a file manager 9760 * application whether it should preview (e.g. thumbnail) files on the 9761 * file system. The value for this key contain a 9762 * #GFilesystemPreviewType. 9763 */ 9764 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW = "filesystem::use-preview"; 9765 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW; 9766 9767 /** 9768 * A key in the "gvfs" namespace that gets the name of the current 9769 * GVFS backend in use. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9770 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9771 */ 9772 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND = "gvfs::backend"; 9773 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND; 9774 9775 /** 9776 * A key in the "id" namespace for getting a file identifier. 9777 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9778 * An example use would be during listing files, to avoid recursive 9779 * directory scanning. 9780 */ 9781 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE = "id::file"; 9782 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE; 9783 9784 /** 9785 * A key in the "id" namespace for getting the file system identifier. 9786 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9787 * An example use would be during drag and drop to see if the source 9788 * and target are on the same filesystem (default to move) or not (default 9789 * to copy). 9790 */ 9791 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM = "id::filesystem"; 9792 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM; 9793 9794 /** 9795 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be ejected. 9796 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9797 */ 9798 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT = "mountable::can-eject"; 9799 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT; 9800 9801 /** 9802 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is mountable. 9803 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9804 */ 9805 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT = "mountable::can-mount"; 9806 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT; 9807 9808 /** 9809 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be polled. 9810 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9811 */ 9812 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL = "mountable::can-poll"; 9813 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL; 9814 9815 /** 9816 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started. 9817 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9818 */ 9819 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START = "mountable::can-start"; 9820 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START; 9821 9822 /** 9823 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started 9824 * degraded. 9825 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9826 */ 9827 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED = "mountable::can-start-degraded"; 9828 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED; 9829 9830 /** 9831 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be stopped. 9832 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9833 */ 9834 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP = "mountable::can-stop"; 9835 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP; 9836 9837 /** 9838 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is unmountable. 9839 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9840 */ 9841 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT = "mountable::can-unmount"; 9842 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT; 9843 9844 /** 9845 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the HAL UDI for the mountable 9846 * file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9847 */ 9848 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI = "mountable::hal-udi"; 9849 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI; 9850 9851 /** 9852 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) 9853 * is automatically polled for media. 9854 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9855 */ 9856 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC = "mountable::is-media-check-automatic"; 9857 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC; 9858 9859 /** 9860 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the #GDriveStartStopType. 9861 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9862 */ 9863 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE = "mountable::start-stop-type"; 9864 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE; 9865 9866 /** 9867 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device. 9868 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9869 */ 9870 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE = "mountable::unix-device"; 9871 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE; 9872 9873 /** 9874 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device file. 9875 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9876 */ 9877 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE = "mountable::unix-device-file"; 9878 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE; 9879 9880 /** 9881 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the file owner's group. 9882 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9883 */ 9884 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP = "owner::group"; 9885 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP; 9886 9887 /** 9888 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the user name of the 9889 * file's owner. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9890 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9891 */ 9892 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER = "owner::user"; 9893 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER; 9894 9895 /** 9896 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the real name of the 9897 * user that owns the file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9898 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9899 */ 9900 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL = "owner::user-real"; 9901 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL; 9902 9903 /** 9904 * A key in the "preview" namespace for getting a #GIcon that can be 9905 * used to get preview of the file. For example, it may be a low 9906 * resolution thumbnail without metadata. Corresponding 9907 * #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. The value 9908 * for this key should contain a #GIcon. 9909 */ 9910 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON = "preview::icon"; 9911 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON; 9912 9913 /** 9914 * A key in the "recent" namespace for getting time, when the metadata for the 9915 * file in `recent:///` was last changed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9916 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT64. 9917 */ 9918 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED = "recent::modified"; 9919 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED; 9920 9921 /** 9922 * A key in the "selinux" namespace for getting the file's SELinux 9923 * context. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9924 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. Note that this attribute is only 9925 * available if GLib has been built with SELinux support. 9926 */ 9927 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT = "selinux::context"; 9928 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT; 9929 9930 /** 9931 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the amount of disk space 9932 * that is consumed by the file (in bytes). This will generally be larger 9933 * than the file size (due to block size overhead) but can occasionally be 9934 * smaller (for example, for sparse files). 9935 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9936 */ 9937 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE = "standard::allocated-size"; 9938 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE; 9939 9940 /** 9941 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the content type of the file. 9942 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9943 * The value for this key should contain a valid content type. 9944 */ 9945 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE = "standard::content-type"; 9946 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE; 9947 9948 /** 9949 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the copy name of the file. 9950 * The copy name is an optional version of the name. If available it's always 9951 * in UTF8, and corresponds directly to the original filename (only transcoded to 9952 * UTF8). This is useful if you want to copy the file to another filesystem that 9953 * might have a different encoding. If the filename is not a valid string in the 9954 * encoding selected for the filesystem it is in then the copy name will not be set. 9955 * 9956 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9957 */ 9958 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME = "standard::copy-name"; 9959 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME; 9960 9961 /** 9962 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the description of the file. 9963 * The description is a utf8 string that describes the file, generally containing 9964 * the filename, but can also contain furter information. Example descriptions 9965 * could be "filename (on hostname)" for a remote file or "filename (in trash)" 9966 * for a file in the trash. This is useful for instance as the window title 9967 * when displaying a directory or for a bookmarks menu. 9968 * 9969 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9970 */ 9971 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION = "standard::description"; 9972 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION; 9973 9974 /** 9975 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the display name of the file. 9976 * A display name is guaranteed to be in UTF8 and can thus be displayed in 9977 * the UI. 9978 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9979 */ 9980 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME = "standard::display-name"; 9981 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME; 9982 9983 /** 9984 * A key in the "standard" namespace for edit name of the file. 9985 * An edit name is similar to the display name, but it is meant to be 9986 * used when you want to rename the file in the UI. The display name 9987 * might contain information you don't want in the new filename (such as 9988 * "(invalid unicode)" if the filename was in an invalid encoding). 9989 * 9990 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9991 */ 9992 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME = "standard::edit-name"; 9993 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME; 9994 9995 /** 9996 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the fast content type. 9997 * The fast content type isn't as reliable as the regular one, as it 9998 * only uses the filename to guess it, but it is faster to calculate than the 9999 * regular content type. 10000 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10001 */ 10002 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE = "standard::fast-content-type"; 10003 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE; 10004 10005 /** 10006 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the icon for the file. 10007 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. 10008 * The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. 10009 */ 10010 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON = "standard::icon"; 10011 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON; 10012 10013 /** 10014 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is a backup file. 10015 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10016 */ 10017 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP = "standard::is-backup"; 10018 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP; 10019 10020 /** 10021 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is hidden. 10022 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10023 */ 10024 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN = "standard::is-hidden"; 10025 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN; 10026 10027 /** 10028 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if the file is a symlink. 10029 * Typically the actual type is something else, if we followed the symlink 10030 * to get the type. 10031 * On Windows NTFS mountpoints are considered to be symlinks as well. 10032 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10033 */ 10034 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK = "standard::is-symlink"; 10035 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK; 10036 10037 /** 10038 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is virtual. 10039 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10040 */ 10041 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL = "standard::is-virtual"; 10042 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL; 10043 10044 /** 10045 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is 10046 * volatile. This is meant for opaque, non-POSIX-like backends to 10047 * indicate that the URI is not persistent. Applications should look 10048 * at #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET for the persistent URI. 10049 * 10050 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10051 */ 10052 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE = "standard::is-volatile"; 10053 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE; 10054 10055 /** 10056 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the name of the file. 10057 * The name is the on-disk filename which may not be in any known encoding, 10058 * and can thus not be generally displayed as is. 10059 * Use #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME if you need to display the 10060 * name in a user interface. 10061 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 10062 */ 10063 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME = "standard::name"; 10064 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME; 10065 10066 /** 10067 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the file's size (in bytes). 10068 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 10069 */ 10070 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE = "standard::size"; 10071 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE; 10072 10073 /** 10074 * A key in the "standard" namespace for setting the sort order of a file. 10075 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT32. 10076 * An example use would be in file managers, which would use this key 10077 * to set the order files are displayed. Files with smaller sort order 10078 * should be sorted first, and files without sort order as if sort order 10079 * was zero. 10080 */ 10081 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER = "standard::sort-order"; 10082 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER; 10083 10084 /** 10085 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symbolic icon for the file. 10086 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. 10087 * The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. 10088 */ 10089 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON = "standard::symbolic-icon"; 10090 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON; 10091 10092 /** 10093 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symlink target, if the file 10094 * is a symlink. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10095 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 10096 */ 10097 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET = "standard::symlink-target"; 10098 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET; 10099 10100 /** 10101 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the target URI for the file, in 10102 * the case of %G_FILE_TYPE_SHORTCUT or %G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE files. 10103 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10104 */ 10105 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI = "standard::target-uri"; 10106 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI; 10107 10108 /** 10109 * A key in the "standard" namespace for storing file types. 10110 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10111 * The value for this key should contain a #GFileType. 10112 */ 10113 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE = "standard::type"; 10114 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE; 10115 10116 /** 10117 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking if thumbnailing failed. 10118 * This attribute is %TRUE if thumbnailing failed. Corresponding 10119 * #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10120 */ 10121 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED = "thumbnail::failed"; 10122 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED; 10123 10124 /** 10125 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking whether the thumbnail is outdated. 10126 * This attribute is %TRUE if the thumbnail is up-to-date with the file it represents, 10127 * and %FALSE if the file has been modified since the thumbnail was generated. 10128 * 10129 * If %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED is %TRUE and this attribute is %FALSE, 10130 * it indicates that thumbnailing may be attempted again and may succeed. 10131 * 10132 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10133 */ 10134 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID = "thumbnail::is-valid"; 10135 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID; 10136 10137 /** 10138 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for getting the path to the thumbnail 10139 * image. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10140 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 10141 */ 10142 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH = "thumbnail::path"; 10143 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH; 10144 10145 /** 10146 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 10147 * accessed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10148 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the time since the 10149 * file was last accessed, in seconds since the UNIX epoch. 10150 */ 10151 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS = "time::access"; 10152 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS; 10153 10154 /** 10155 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 10156 * the file was last accessed. This should be used in conjunction with 10157 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10158 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10159 */ 10160 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC = "time::access-usec"; 10161 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC; 10162 10163 /** 10164 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 10165 * changed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, 10166 * and contains the time since the file was last changed, in seconds since the 10167 * UNIX epoch. 10168 * 10169 * This corresponds to the traditional UNIX ctime. 10170 */ 10171 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED = "time::changed"; 10172 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED; 10173 10174 /** 10175 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 10176 * the file was last changed. This should be used in conjunction with 10177 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10178 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10179 */ 10180 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC = "time::changed-usec"; 10181 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC; 10182 10183 /** 10184 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was created. 10185 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, 10186 * and contains the time since the file was created, in seconds since the UNIX 10187 * epoch. 10188 * 10189 * This corresponds to the NTFS ctime. 10190 */ 10191 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED = "time::created"; 10192 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED; 10193 10194 /** 10195 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 10196 * the file was created. This should be used in conjunction with 10197 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10198 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10199 */ 10200 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC = "time::created-usec"; 10201 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC; 10202 10203 /** 10204 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 10205 * modified. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10206 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the time since the 10207 * file was modified, in seconds since the UNIX epoch. 10208 */ 10209 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED = "time::modified"; 10210 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED; 10211 10212 /** 10213 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 10214 * the file was last modified. This should be used in conjunction with 10215 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10216 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10217 */ 10218 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC = "time::modified-usec"; 10219 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC; 10220 10221 /** 10222 * A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against 10223 * items in `trash:///`, will return the date and time when the file 10224 * was trashed. The format of the returned string is YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss. 10225 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 10226 */ 10227 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE = "trash::deletion-date"; 10228 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE; 10229 10230 /** 10231 * A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against 10232 * `trash:///` returns the number of (toplevel) items in the trash folder. 10233 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10234 */ 10235 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT = "trash::item-count"; 10236 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT; 10237 10238 /** 10239 * A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against 10240 * items in `trash:///`, will return the original path to the file before it 10241 * was trashed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10242 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 10243 */ 10244 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH = "trash::orig-path"; 10245 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH; 10246 10247 /** 10248 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of blocks allocated 10249 * for the file. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10250 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 10251 */ 10252 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS = "unix::blocks"; 10253 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS; 10254 10255 /** 10256 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the block size for the file 10257 * system. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10258 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10259 */ 10260 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE = "unix::block-size"; 10261 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE; 10262 10263 /** 10264 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device id of the device the 10265 * file is located on (see stat() documentation). This attribute is only 10266 * available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10267 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10268 */ 10269 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE = "unix::device"; 10270 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE; 10271 10272 /** 10273 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the group ID for the file. 10274 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10275 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10276 */ 10277 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID = "unix::gid"; 10278 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID; 10279 10280 /** 10281 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the inode of the file. 10282 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding 10283 * #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 10284 */ 10285 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE = "unix::inode"; 10286 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE; 10287 10288 /** 10289 * A key in the "unix" namespace for checking if the file represents a 10290 * UNIX mount point. This attribute is %TRUE if the file is a UNIX mount 10291 * point. Since 2.58, `/` is considered to be a mount point. 10292 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10293 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10294 */ 10295 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT = "unix::is-mountpoint"; 10296 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT; 10297 10298 /** 10299 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the mode of the file 10300 * (e.g. whether the file is a regular file, symlink, etc). See the 10301 * documentation for `lstat()`: this attribute is equivalent to the `st_mode` 10302 * member of `struct stat`, and includes both the file type and permissions. 10303 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10304 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10305 */ 10306 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE = "unix::mode"; 10307 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE; 10308 10309 /** 10310 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of hard links 10311 * for a file. See lstat() documentation. This attribute is only available 10312 * for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10313 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10314 */ 10315 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK = "unix::nlink"; 10316 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK; 10317 10318 /** 10319 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device ID for the file 10320 * (if it is a special file). See lstat() documentation. This attribute 10321 * is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 10322 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10323 */ 10324 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV = "unix::rdev"; 10325 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV; 10326 10327 /** 10328 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the user ID for the file. 10329 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10330 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10331 */ 10332 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID = "unix::uid"; 10333 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID; 10334 10335 /** 10336 * Extension point for memory usage monitoring functionality. 10337 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10338 */ 10339 enum MEMORY_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-memory-monitor"; 10340 alias G_MEMORY_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = MEMORY_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10341 10342 /** 10343 * The menu item attribute which holds the action name of the item. Action 10344 * names are namespaced with an identifier for the action group in which the 10345 * action resides. For example, "win." for window-specific actions and "app." 10346 * for application-wide actions. 10347 * 10348 * See also g_menu_model_get_item_attribute() and g_menu_item_set_attribute(). 10349 */ 10350 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION = "action"; 10351 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION; 10352 10353 /** 10354 * The menu item attribute that holds the namespace for all action names in 10355 * menus that are linked from this item. 10356 */ 10357 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE = "action-namespace"; 10358 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE; 10359 10360 /** 10361 * The menu item attribute which holds the icon of the item. 10362 * 10363 * The icon is stored in the format returned by g_icon_serialize(). 10364 * 10365 * This attribute is intended only to represent 'noun' icons such as 10366 * favicons for a webpage, or application icons. It should not be used 10367 * for 'verbs' (ie: stock icons). 10368 */ 10369 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON = "icon"; 10370 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON; 10371 10372 /** 10373 * The menu item attribute which holds the label of the item. 10374 */ 10375 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL = "label"; 10376 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL; 10377 10378 /** 10379 * The menu item attribute which holds the target with which the item's action 10380 * will be activated. 10381 * 10382 * See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() 10383 */ 10384 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET = "target"; 10385 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET; 10386 10387 /** 10388 * The name of the link that associates a menu item with a section. The linked 10389 * menu will usually be shown in place of the menu item, using the item's label 10390 * as a header. 10391 * 10392 * See also g_menu_item_set_link(). 10393 */ 10394 enum MENU_LINK_SECTION = "section"; 10395 alias G_MENU_LINK_SECTION = MENU_LINK_SECTION; 10396 10397 /** 10398 * The name of the link that associates a menu item with a submenu. 10399 * 10400 * See also g_menu_item_set_link(). 10401 */ 10402 enum MENU_LINK_SUBMENU = "submenu"; 10403 alias G_MENU_LINK_SUBMENU = MENU_LINK_SUBMENU; 10404 10405 enum NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-native-volume-monitor"; 10406 alias G_NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10407 10408 /** 10409 * Extension point for network status monitoring functionality. 10410 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10411 */ 10412 enum NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-network-monitor"; 10413 alias G_NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10414 10415 /** 10416 * Extension point for proxy functionality. 10417 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10418 */ 10419 enum PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-proxy"; 10420 alias G_PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10421 10422 /** 10423 * Extension point for proxy resolving functionality. 10424 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10425 */ 10426 enum PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-proxy-resolver"; 10427 alias G_PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10428 10429 /** 10430 * Extension point for #GSettingsBackend functionality. 10431 */ 10432 enum SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gsettings-backend"; 10433 alias G_SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10434 10435 /** 10436 * Extension point for TLS functionality via #GTlsBackend. 10437 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10438 */ 10439 enum TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-tls-backend"; 10440 alias G_TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10441 10442 /** 10443 * The purpose used to verify the client certificate in a TLS connection. 10444 * Used by TLS servers. 10445 */ 10446 enum TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT = "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.2"; 10447 alias G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT = TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT; 10448 10449 /** 10450 * The purpose used to verify the server certificate in a TLS connection. This 10451 * is the most common purpose in use. Used by TLS clients. 10452 */ 10453 enum TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER = "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1"; 10454 alias G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER = TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER; 10455 10456 /** 10457 * Extension point for #GVfs functionality. 10458 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10459 */ 10460 enum VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-vfs"; 10461 alias G_VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10462 10463 /** 10464 * The string used to obtain the volume class with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10465 * 10466 * Known volume classes include `device`, `network`, and `loop`. Other 10467 * classes may be added in the future. 10468 * 10469 * This is intended to be used by applications to classify #GVolume 10470 * instances into different sections - for example a file manager or 10471 * file chooser can use this information to show `network` volumes under 10472 * a "Network" heading and `device` volumes under a "Devices" heading. 10473 */ 10474 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS = "class"; 10475 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS; 10476 10477 /** 10478 * The string used to obtain a Hal UDI with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10479 * 10480 * Deprecated: Do not use, HAL is deprecated. 10481 */ 10482 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI = "hal-udi"; 10483 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI; 10484 10485 /** 10486 * The string used to obtain a filesystem label with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10487 */ 10488 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL = "label"; 10489 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL; 10490 10491 /** 10492 * The string used to obtain a NFS mount with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10493 */ 10494 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT = "nfs-mount"; 10495 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT; 10496 10497 /** 10498 * The string used to obtain a Unix device path with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10499 */ 10500 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = "unix-device"; 10501 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE; 10502 10503 /** 10504 * The string used to obtain a UUID with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10505 */ 10506 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID = "uuid"; 10507 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID; 10508 10509 /** 10510 * Extension point for volume monitor functionality. 10511 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10512 */ 10513 enum VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-volume-monitor"; 10514 alias G_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME;